Open Educational Resources - User contributions [en]

Learn Thunderbird-new

2023-08-11T06:07:11Z

Rakesh: added Category:Explore an application using HotCat

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2023-07-29T03:30:33Z

Rakesh: /* Additional resources */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the workshop===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the workshop ===
'''[https://teacher-network.in/limesurvey/index.php/919658?lang=en Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Workshop agenda===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Timing'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10:00-10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop page and get familiar with agenda
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30-11.00
|Get familiarity with Audacity
|
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
#Go through Audacity tools interface to get familiar with it
#Understanding two methods to input the audio on Audacity tool
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00-12.00
|
# Importing the recording
# Amplification of audio
|
# Import audio to systems
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as needed.
# Amplify the audio
# Saving your project
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]] 
[[Learn Audacity#Adjusting the volume of the audio]]
|-
|12.00 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add and copy to their folders
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]

[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]

[[Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]

[https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background Music Repository]

|-
| colspan="4" |'''LUNCH BREAK 1.00 - 2.00'''
|-
|2.00 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|[[Learn Audacity#Fade a section in or fade it out]]

[[Learn Audacity#Changing the Pitch, Speed and Tempo]]

[[Learn Soundcloud|Soundcloud Handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants' presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants' feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}
'''Note :''' '''Participants who actively participate and submit their final audio files by the end of the workshop will get participation certificates.'''

===Workshop Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/
# Pixabay - https://pixabay.com/music/search/no%20copyright%20music/
# [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Language_Lab Access Language lab modules created by IT for Change]

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]
#Language Lab
##[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Language_Lab Language Lab stories]

==== Audio resources created by last batch participants ====
[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Audio_OER_by_Teachers To check the audio resources created by participated teachers Click here]

===Assignment submission===
At the end of the workshop submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform here]

=== Workshop feedback form ===
[https://teacher-network.in/limesurvey/index.php/111?lang=en Click here] to submit your feedback about this workshop
[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Learn Lumi

2023-07-14T06:17:04Z

Rakesh: /* Overview */

[[Category:Explore an application]]

=== Overview ===
Lumi is an educational platform designed to provide interactive and engaging learning experiences for students. It offers a range of features and tools for both teachers and students to enhance the learning process.

With Lumi, teachers can create and deliver lessons, assessments, and assignments in a digital format. They can incorporate multimedia elements such as videos, images, and interactive activities to make the content more engaging. Lumi also provides tools for real-time collaboration, allowing students to interact with their peers and teachers during lessons.

Lumi aims to create a dynamic and interactive learning environment, leveraging technology to foster student engagement and facilitate effective teaching practices. It can be used in both traditional classroom settings and remote learning scenarios, providing flexibility and accessibility for educators and students alike.

=== Installation ===

==== For Ubuntu ====
To install Lumi through the terminal, follow the below steps :

# Open terminal by clicking Applications->System Tools->Terminal or through keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
# In the terminal window, type below command and press enter key
# <code>sudo snap install lumi</code>
# Now type your ubuntu password(it will not display on your screen),press Enter

==== For Windows ====

# https://app.lumi.education/#download and Click on the 'Windows' option. Select the 'Download Installer for single user' option. This will download Lumi installation (.exe) file to your computer.
# Locate the downloaded .exe file on your system (usually it will be in your '''Downloads''' folder) and double-click on that file to start the installation.
# You will be prompted to install the software. Follow the instructions given on the window to install the software.
# Once the software will be installed. You can now open the Lumi application by double-clicking on the Lumi icon on the desktop screen or go to the applications list, search using the search box feature, and click on the application icon to open.

=== Working with Application ===
'''THE USER MANUAL BEING IS DEVELOPED AND WILL BE UPDATED SOON'''

Learn Lumi

2023-07-14T06:08:35Z

Rakesh:

[[Category:Explore an application]]

=== Overview ===

=== Installation ===

==== For Windows ====

# https://app.lumi.education/#download and Click on the 'Windows' option. Select the 'Download Installer for single user' option. This will download Lumi installation (.exe) file to your computer.
# Locate the downloaded .exe file on your system (usually it will be in your '''Downloads''' folder) and double-click on that file to start the installation.
# You will be prompted to install the software. Follow the instructions given on the window to install the software.
# Once the software will be installed. You can now open the Lumi application by double-clicking on the Lumi icon on the desktop screen or go to the applications list, search using the search box feature, and click on the application icon to open.

=== Working with Application ===
'''THE USER MANUAL BEING IS DEVELOPED AND WILL BE UPDATED SOON'''

Learn Lumi

2023-07-14T06:02:32Z

Rakesh: added Category:Explore an application using HotCat

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2023-06-24T10:39:31Z

Rakesh: /* Assignment and feedback */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the workshop===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the workshop ===
'''[https://teacher-network.in/limesurvey/index.php/919658?lang=en Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Workshop agenda===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Timing'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10:00-10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop page and get familiar with agenda
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30-11.00
|Get familiarity with Audacity
|
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
#Go through Audacity tools interface to get familiar with it
#Understanding two methods to input the audio on Audacity tool
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00-12.00
|
# Importing the recording
# Amplification of audio
|
# Import audio to systems
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as needed.
# Amplify the audio
# Saving your project
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]] 
[[Learn Audacity#Adjusting the volume of the audio]]
|-
|12.00 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add and copy to their folders
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]

[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]

[[Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]

[https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background Music Repository]

|-
| colspan="4" |'''LUNCH BREAK 1.00 - 2.00'''
|-
|2.00 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|[[Learn Audacity#Fade a section in or fade it out]]

[[Learn Audacity#Changing the Pitch, Speed and Tempo]]

[[Learn Soundcloud|Soundcloud Handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants' presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants' feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}
'''Note :''' '''Participants who actively participate and submit their final audio files by the end of the workshop will get participation certificates.'''

===Workshop Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/
# Pixabay - https://pixabay.com/music/search/no%20copyright%20music/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]
#Language Lab
##[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Language_Lab Language Lab stories]

==== Audio resources created by last batch participants ====
[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Audio_OER_by_Teachers To check the audio resources created by participated teachers Click here]

===Assignment submission===
At the end of the workshop submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform here]

=== Workshop feedback form ===
[https://teacher-network.in/limesurvey/index.php/111?lang=en Click here] to submit your feedback about this workshop
[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2023-06-24T10:37:49Z

Rakesh: /* Assignment and feedback */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the workshop===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the workshop ===
'''[https://teacher-network.in/limesurvey/index.php/919658?lang=en Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Workshop agenda===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Timing'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10:00-10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop page and get familiar with agenda
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30-11.00
|Get familiarity with Audacity
|
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
#Go through Audacity tools interface to get familiar with it
#Understanding two methods to input the audio on Audacity tool
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00-12.00
|
# Importing the recording
# Amplification of audio
|
# Import audio to systems
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as needed.
# Amplify the audio
# Saving your project
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]] 
[[Learn Audacity#Adjusting the volume of the audio]]
|-
|12.00 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add and copy to their folders
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]

[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]

[[Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]

[https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background Music Repository]

|-
| colspan="4" |'''LUNCH BREAK 1.00 - 2.00'''
|-
|2.00 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|[[Learn Audacity#Fade a section in or fade it out]]

[[Learn Audacity#Changing the Pitch, Speed and Tempo]]

[[Learn Soundcloud|Soundcloud Handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants' presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants' feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}
'''Note :''' '''Participants who actively participate and submit their final audio files by the end of the workshop will get participation certificates.'''

===Workshop Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/
# Pixabay - https://pixabay.com/music/search/no%20copyright%20music/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]
#Language Lab
##[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Language_Lab Language Lab stories]

==== Audio resources created by last batch participants ====
[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Audio_OER_by_Teachers To check the audio resources created by participated teachers Click here]

===Assignment and feedback===

* At the end of the workshop submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform here]
* [https://teacher-network.in/limesurvey/index.php/111?lang=en Click here] to submit your feedback about this workshop

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Learn Telegram

2023-06-07T11:36:31Z

Rakesh: /* For Ubuntu OS */

===Introduction===
==== Basic information ====
{| class="wikitable"
|ICT Competency
|Telegram is a cloud based messenger application. It supports synchronization, resulting as you can access your telegram account with several devices at once and share the resources.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Telegram as a messenger supports to make groups thereby allowing group communication between students and the faculty. Creating a channel, conducting quiz through poll makes relates it to educational purpose as well.
|-
|Version
|Version - 4.7.1
|-
|Configuration
|Telegram need to be configured by scanning the device's QR code.
It can be installed on Windows, Ubuntu, MAC OS, Android and iOS.
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://dino.im/#features Dino]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://signal.org/en/ Signal]
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://telegram.org Telegram]
|}
====Overview of Features====
With Telegram you can send messages, photos, videos and files of any type (doc, zip, mp3, etc), as well as create groups for up to 2,00,000 people or channels for broadcasting to unlimited audiences. You can use this tool to create group of people with folder by project and this will help you to use this for any projects related discussions and communication in the team. You can also find people by their usernames. As a result, Telegram is like SMS and email combined and can take care of all your personal or work related needs. In addition to this, it supports end-to-end encrypted voice and video calls, as well as voice chats in groups for thousands of participants.
====Installation====
===== For Ubuntu OS =====
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing Telegram-Desktop on top search bar in Software Center(App Grid).
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking Applications->System Tools->Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install telegram-desktop</code>

===== For Windows OS =====
To install and use Telegram on your Windows computer, you can follow these steps:

# Download the Windows x64 option of Telegram-Desktop version from [https://desktop.telegram.org/ this link]
# Now go the downloaded path on your computer and double click on "tsetup-x64..." file to begin the installation.

===== For MAC OS =====

# Download the installation file for MAC OS from [https://desktop.telegram.org/ this link]
# When the download is complete, find the downloaded .dmg file and move it to the application folder to install it.
'''For Smart phones'''

# Go to Playstore, search Telegram app from the search option.
# Select the official telegram app (for [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.telegram.messenger&pli=1 android] and [https://apps.apple.com/us/app/telegram-messenger/id686449807 iOS])and click on Install button to install it on your phone.

===Working with the application===

==== Configuring the Telegram ====
You can use Telegram on both mobile and systems. Telegram is a cloud based messenger which keeps all your media on the cloud.

To use Telegram on your PC, you must have a mobile Telegram app set up on your phone to verify your identity. If you are using Android you can use [https://telegram.org/android this link] to download the Telegram application. Telegram can be supported on iphone and ipad which you can download using [https://apps.apple.com/app/telegram-messenger/id686449807 this link].

Once you install Telegram on your phone, it asks for your contact number as a login and later you can install it on the system.

At first, you need to download the Telegram application based on your operating system as instructions given in 'Installation' section above.

Once you download and install you should follow the below steps:

# At first you will be displayed a welcome message with an option 'START MESSAGING'. You can click on that. Now you can login using ''one of the two methods.''
#* '''Using QR Code:''' Open the Telegram application on your phone, click on three lines on top left --> Settings --> Devices --> Link Desktop Device. It opens the camera and asks you to scan the QR code on your PC. Telegram recommends this as this is a very quick process.
#* '''Using contact number:''' You can choose the option to configure using your contact number also. You can click on "login using your phone number option". It asks you to enter your phone number and sends an OTP. Once you enter OTP you will get the Telegram chat screen.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Telewelcome.png|Telegram welcome screen
</gallery>

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Teleconfiguration1.png|Configuration by QR code
File:Teleconfiguration2.png|thumb|Configuration by phone number
</gallery>

==== Compose, Reply and Forwarding messages ====
Composing the message is same as you compose a text message or compose in Whatsapp. You have to open a contact and start composing.

To reply to the person or in the group either you can move the cursor to the particular message and there appears on top right corner 'Reply' option. You can click that and compose the message. In short, you can simply double-click on the message you want to reply.

In some case, you may want to forward the messages exactly to some other person/group. You can forward the content you received in the group or in person. To do that, you can right-click on the message and click 'Forward'. It open your contact list where you can choose the intended receiver and press 'Enter' key. Note that whenever you Forward a message, the receiver will get the name of the person who is the originator of the message by default. If you do not want to disclose this, you can disable this when it shows you the contact list to whom you want to forward the message.

Emoticons are special feature which is usually in an animated form in telegram. You can also search for a particular type of emoticon by using the expression you want to show by prefixing a colon (:) symbol. For example, to show a sad expression, you can type ''':sad''' in the text area, immediately you will get the emoticons that shows sad faces. Below image depicts the same.
====Editing and Deleting the messages====
Whenever you will be sending messages using telegram you may come across a situation of typing error or even the message you sent may not be valid at some point of time. This leads to awkward specially you are sharing something with the team. But Telegram avoids these kind of situation by allowing you to 'edit' the message even after you sent it. This is a unique feature that you can see in Telegram which most of the other instant messaging application does not support.

To edit the message you can right-click on the message and click ‘edit’. You can modify the text according to the need and then press 'enter' key. Note that whenever you edit a message and send the same will be notified as 'edited' message on the below.

You may have to face a situation where your message does not make sense to the team or colleague or the message has no longer valid and you do not want it to be displayed on the chart screen. In such situation you can delete the message as well.

To delete any message you can right-click on the message and click 'delete'. You can delete it only for you OR delete for the receiver OR all the participants in the group. 'Delete' option is also unique on Telegram as it does not leave any trace that you have texted to the team or your colleague.

==== Use of Hashtags ====
If you have a common term used in your project repeatedly that usually appears on your group or individual chats then better you prefix # tag for that word. This helps you to search all those #tag messages to appear in the search result.

For example, Education team has a major project named TIIE, whenever edu team plans or converse about this project they could use #tiie so that if anyone from the team needs an old conversation, they can simply go to the search bar as "#tiie" that displays all their conversation that has been tagged with this word.

<gallery mode="packed" heights=300>
File:Hashtags1.png|Searching for the hash word
</gallery>

Note that the # word is a clickable.

====Voice and video calls====
Telegram is not only an instant messaging application but it also allows you to make a voice and video call with screen casting. This can be used whenever you want to have a quick video call or screen cast your screen to do a quick presentation, short meeting with your team etc. It also allows to make group video calls up to 30 users to join from their camera device and the video call can be attended by 1000 people at the same time. As in the working hours every employee is connected to the internet it can be easy to contact them as it gives a call as regular phone calls do.

To make a voice or video call you can click on 'phone' icon on the recipient’s name box as shown in the image.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Tele call.png|'Call' option on Telegram
File:Calls.png|Calling interface in Telegram
</gallery>

It will try to connect to the recipient and established a connection as you click on the phone icon. If the connection is established properly, it gives an option to switch to video call and also allows to share the screen with the team.

==== Creating a folder ====
We know folders are required to group and keep similar kind of information. Likewise what to do if you want to separate your personal and office groups? There comes the solution of creating folders. Creating folders might also useful for you when you are working with many projects or with different teams. By bifurcating the chats or groups with folders you can avoid confusion and work efficiently too.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Folder1.png|Click on "Settings"
File:Folder2.png|Click on "Folders"
</gallery>

To create a folder,

"Click on three lines on top left --> Click Settings --> Click on Folders --> Create a new folder"
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Folder3.png|thumb|Click on "Create new folder"
File:Folder4.png|thumb|Give a folder name
</gallery>

You can type the folder name and choose what all the chats that you want to appear on this folder or chats that you don’t want to appear on this folder. With these two options you can bifurcate the contacts/groups that exists in your contact.

==== Having an unread folder ====
While working with folder you might worry about the messages that you could miss in between. If you feel so, there is a solution. You can have a separate view for all unread messages so that none of the messages could miss your attention.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Teleunreadmes.png|Creating 'unread' messages folder
</gallery>

To add unread folder,

Click on three lines on top left --> Click Settings --> Click on Folders --> In Recommended folders section there is an option to add unread. Click on that and close the window.

==== Pin messages ====
In the Telegram you may feel to note an important message and want everyone to access it whenever they need it without need to get back to the history. For example, someone from your team might have changed the password of your team mail ID, in that case they can pin it in the group so that everyone can access it easily. They need not try to recall the date on which password has been changed and all. In two clicks they can get the pinned messages. Also note that you can pin any number of messages.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:Telepinning.png|Pinning a message
File:Telepin2.png|Notifying the team
</gallery>

<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:Telepinned.png|Pinned messages list
</gallery>

==== Creating a poll ====
In general, a poll is used to collect information, opinion etc. Situation could arise when you want to collect team's opinion on something and need to take decision democratically. Poll gives you an idea of their thought or will. You can take the decision based on that.

It is good that, to create a poll you don’t have to have the administrator rights. This involves few steps.

To create a poll,

Click on the group in which you want to create a poll --> Click on three dots on the right side of group name --> Create poll.

It asks for a question. You can enter a question and add options. You can have a variety of settings such as anonymous voting, multiple answers etc.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:poll1.png|Creating a poll
File:Poll2.png|Creating a Poll : Interface
</gallery>

==== Using 'saved messages' feature ====
When you are working with Telegram you may like to save some particular resources for your own references say, text notes, to-do list, images, links, videos etc, but you don’t want to disturb others by sending them those. In such case you can create a “Saved Messages” which acts as a personal chat box for you. This is a very useful feature of Telegram.

To create a saved messages forum,

Click on three lines on top left of telegram → Click on “Saved Messages”. You can use this space for yourself. This is like your personal workspace.

====Creating / using public channel ====
You can create and use the existing public channel on Telegram. If you want any resource and expect public to access those then you can create your own channel. This can be a newsletter, articles, audio or video lectures etc. Once you create you can share the link with your contact so that they can 'Join' your channel.

To create a channel click on three lines on top left of telegram --> New Channel. You can enter the channel name and description. In the next step it asks whether it is a private or public channel. Usually private channel can be used for internal purpose where you do not want the people to search for you and get accessed to the content. For Private channel you need to invite the channel link to the people who you think as the audience. Public channels are those that are accessible by anyone.

To search and join for a public channel you are interested, you can type the keywords in the search bar. You can get accessibility to plenty of channels, you can view the content inside and join if it suits your interest.

====Having a secret chat====
Secret chat is a device-specific chat box which is secure with end-to-end encryption. Interesting thing in secret chat is that there is an option of self-destruct timer after which the messages disappear automatically.

Secret chat option is available only on Mobile phones.

To open a secret chat,

Open the contacts in telegram --> There will be an option say, “Create a secret chat”.

====Editing the profile====
You can edit your profile based on your need.

To do that, you can click on three lines on "top left of telegram --> Settings --> Edit Profile".

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Teleeditprofile.png|Edit profile
File:Teleeditprofile2.png|Changing user basic information
</gallery>

* You can change your first name and last name by clicking 'Name' field.

* You can change your contact number

* You can add username for your account so that the people cannot figure out your contact number and you can be uniquely identified by your username.

Note that this will be the global username, with this feature you need not be searched with your contact number.

====Changing the download path====
Usually the files you download from the Telegram will be downloaded to the default folder. The default folder will be "/home/user/Downloads/Telegram Desktop". You can change the default folder to download the files to make it more convenient to you.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:Download path.png|Download path in 'Advanced'
File:Changing download path.png|thumb|Changing the download path
</gallery>

To do that,

"Click on three lines on top left of the telegram --> Settings --> Advanced --> Download path."

There will be three options for download path,

# Telegram folder is system under 'Downloads' directory which is the default path
# A temporary folder that can be cleared on logout or uninstall
# Custom folder in which you want to store your files and clear it manually.

====Setting pass code for telegram====
You may want to make your Telegram more secure and want it to be asked for a passcode when you away for a particular amount of time. In such case you can set a passcode for your application from unauthorized access.

To do that,

Click on three lines on top left of the telegram --> Settings --> Click on Privacy and Security --> Click on Local Pass code.

You can enter a pass code and confirm it. You can also some specific amount of time such as one minute, after which your account should ask for the pass code.

====Translating text====
While working with Telegram, you may get a in some other languages which you do not understand. As Telegram supports multiple languages you can simply translate the text within Telegram without the need to depend on any other external translators.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Texttranslate1.png|Language option
File:Translate2 1.png|An example of translation
</gallery>

To do that, Click on three lines on top left of the "telegram → Settings → Language"

Tick the "Show Translate button" → OK. Now on wards, if you receive text in any other languages that your default one, you can select the text, right click on that and click on "Translate selected text"

Text which is in some other language gets easily translated with two clicks without need of external translator applications.

==== Telegram users and admins ====
Generally there are three types of users. Owner is the person who is the creator of the group. Owner has supremacy in managing the group. Owner can assign the members as administrators. Telegram users can be subscribed to any public or private channels on approval of administrator of those groups. They can freely chat in the group, create and share posts, poll etc subject to the permission given by the admin.

Administrators have the rights to,

* Add new users
* Manage messages
* Block members
* Edit group information
* Post messages

=== Advanced features ===

* Hiding contact number from appearing on the profile to others
* Sharing user ID so that people search connect you
* Group settings - Adding members, Sharing and replying
* Creating and working with public or private channels
* You can check for the regular updates and refer this [https://telegram.org/faq FAQ manual] from Telegram site
* Explore more on Telegram Premium

=== References ===

* [https://telegram.org/ Telegram official site]
* [[wikipedia:Telegram_(software)|Telegram Wikipedia]]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Telegram

2023-06-07T11:35:01Z

Rakesh: /* Installation */

===Introduction===
==== Basic information ====
{| class="wikitable"
|ICT Competency
|Telegram is a cloud based messenger application. It supports synchronization, resulting as you can access your telegram account with several devices at once and share the resources.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Telegram as a messenger supports to make groups thereby allowing group communication between students and the faculty. Creating a channel, conducting quiz through poll makes relates it to educational purpose as well.
|-
|Version
|Version - 4.7.1
|-
|Configuration
|Telegram need to be configured by scanning the device's QR code.
It can be installed on Windows, Ubuntu, MAC OS, Android and iOS.
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://dino.im/#features Dino]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://signal.org/en/ Signal]
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://telegram.org Telegram]
|}
====Overview of Features====
With Telegram you can send messages, photos, videos and files of any type (doc, zip, mp3, etc), as well as create groups for up to 2,00,000 people or channels for broadcasting to unlimited audiences. You can use this tool to create group of people with folder by project and this will help you to use this for any projects related discussions and communication in the team. You can also find people by their usernames. As a result, Telegram is like SMS and email combined and can take care of all your personal or work related needs. In addition to this, it supports end-to-end encrypted voice and video calls, as well as voice chats in groups for thousands of participants.
====Installation====
===== For Ubuntu OS =====
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing Telegram-Desktop on top search bar in Software Center(App Grid).
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking Applications->System Tools->Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install telegram-desktop</code>

===== For Windows OS =====
To install and use Telegram on your Windows computer, you can follow these steps:

# Download the Windows x64 option of Telegram-Desktop version from [https://desktop.telegram.org/ this link]
# Now go the downloaded path on your computer and double click on "tsetup-x64..." file to begin the installation.

===== For MAC OS =====

# Download the installation file for MAC OS from [https://desktop.telegram.org/ this link]
# When the download is complete, find the downloaded .dmg file and move it to the application folder to install it.
'''For Smart phones'''

# Go to Playstore, search Telegram app from the search option.
# Select the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.telegram.messenger&pli=1 official telegram app] and click on Install button to install it on your phone.

===Working with the application===

==== Configuring the Telegram ====
You can use Telegram on both mobile and systems. Telegram is a cloud based messenger which keeps all your media on the cloud.

To use Telegram on your PC, you must have a mobile Telegram app set up on your phone to verify your identity. If you are using Android you can use [https://telegram.org/android this link] to download the Telegram application. Telegram can be supported on iphone and ipad which you can download using [https://apps.apple.com/app/telegram-messenger/id686449807 this link].

Once you install Telegram on your phone, it asks for your contact number as a login and later you can install it on the system.

At first, you need to download the Telegram application based on your operating system as instructions given in 'Installation' section above.

Once you download and install you should follow the below steps:

# At first you will be displayed a welcome message with an option 'START MESSAGING'. You can click on that. Now you can login using ''one of the two methods.''
#* '''Using QR Code:''' Open the Telegram application on your phone, click on three lines on top left --> Settings --> Devices --> Link Desktop Device. It opens the camera and asks you to scan the QR code on your PC. Telegram recommends this as this is a very quick process.
#* '''Using contact number:''' You can choose the option to configure using your contact number also. You can click on "login using your phone number option". It asks you to enter your phone number and sends an OTP. Once you enter OTP you will get the Telegram chat screen.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Telewelcome.png|Telegram welcome screen
</gallery>

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Teleconfiguration1.png|Configuration by QR code
File:Teleconfiguration2.png|thumb|Configuration by phone number
</gallery>

==== Compose, Reply and Forwarding messages ====
Composing the message is same as you compose a text message or compose in Whatsapp. You have to open a contact and start composing.

To reply to the person or in the group either you can move the cursor to the particular message and there appears on top right corner 'Reply' option. You can click that and compose the message. In short, you can simply double-click on the message you want to reply.

In some case, you may want to forward the messages exactly to some other person/group. You can forward the content you received in the group or in person. To do that, you can right-click on the message and click 'Forward'. It open your contact list where you can choose the intended receiver and press 'Enter' key. Note that whenever you Forward a message, the receiver will get the name of the person who is the originator of the message by default. If you do not want to disclose this, you can disable this when it shows you the contact list to whom you want to forward the message.

Emoticons are special feature which is usually in an animated form in telegram. You can also search for a particular type of emoticon by using the expression you want to show by prefixing a colon (:) symbol. For example, to show a sad expression, you can type ''':sad''' in the text area, immediately you will get the emoticons that shows sad faces. Below image depicts the same.
====Editing and Deleting the messages====
Whenever you will be sending messages using telegram you may come across a situation of typing error or even the message you sent may not be valid at some point of time. This leads to awkward specially you are sharing something with the team. But Telegram avoids these kind of situation by allowing you to 'edit' the message even after you sent it. This is a unique feature that you can see in Telegram which most of the other instant messaging application does not support.

To edit the message you can right-click on the message and click ‘edit’. You can modify the text according to the need and then press 'enter' key. Note that whenever you edit a message and send the same will be notified as 'edited' message on the below.

You may have to face a situation where your message does not make sense to the team or colleague or the message has no longer valid and you do not want it to be displayed on the chart screen. In such situation you can delete the message as well.

To delete any message you can right-click on the message and click 'delete'. You can delete it only for you OR delete for the receiver OR all the participants in the group. 'Delete' option is also unique on Telegram as it does not leave any trace that you have texted to the team or your colleague.

==== Use of Hashtags ====
If you have a common term used in your project repeatedly that usually appears on your group or individual chats then better you prefix # tag for that word. This helps you to search all those #tag messages to appear in the search result.

For example, Education team has a major project named TIIE, whenever edu team plans or converse about this project they could use #tiie so that if anyone from the team needs an old conversation, they can simply go to the search bar as "#tiie" that displays all their conversation that has been tagged with this word.

<gallery mode="packed" heights=300>
File:Hashtags1.png|Searching for the hash word
</gallery>

Note that the # word is a clickable.

====Voice and video calls====
Telegram is not only an instant messaging application but it also allows you to make a voice and video call with screen casting. This can be used whenever you want to have a quick video call or screen cast your screen to do a quick presentation, short meeting with your team etc. It also allows to make group video calls up to 30 users to join from their camera device and the video call can be attended by 1000 people at the same time. As in the working hours every employee is connected to the internet it can be easy to contact them as it gives a call as regular phone calls do.

To make a voice or video call you can click on 'phone' icon on the recipient’s name box as shown in the image.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Tele call.png|'Call' option on Telegram
File:Calls.png|Calling interface in Telegram
</gallery>

It will try to connect to the recipient and established a connection as you click on the phone icon. If the connection is established properly, it gives an option to switch to video call and also allows to share the screen with the team.

==== Creating a folder ====
We know folders are required to group and keep similar kind of information. Likewise what to do if you want to separate your personal and office groups? There comes the solution of creating folders. Creating folders might also useful for you when you are working with many projects or with different teams. By bifurcating the chats or groups with folders you can avoid confusion and work efficiently too.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Folder1.png|Click on "Settings"
File:Folder2.png|Click on "Folders"
</gallery>

To create a folder,

"Click on three lines on top left --> Click Settings --> Click on Folders --> Create a new folder"
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Folder3.png|thumb|Click on "Create new folder"
File:Folder4.png|thumb|Give a folder name
</gallery>

You can type the folder name and choose what all the chats that you want to appear on this folder or chats that you don’t want to appear on this folder. With these two options you can bifurcate the contacts/groups that exists in your contact.

==== Having an unread folder ====
While working with folder you might worry about the messages that you could miss in between. If you feel so, there is a solution. You can have a separate view for all unread messages so that none of the messages could miss your attention.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Teleunreadmes.png|Creating 'unread' messages folder
</gallery>

To add unread folder,

Click on three lines on top left --> Click Settings --> Click on Folders --> In Recommended folders section there is an option to add unread. Click on that and close the window.

==== Pin messages ====
In the Telegram you may feel to note an important message and want everyone to access it whenever they need it without need to get back to the history. For example, someone from your team might have changed the password of your team mail ID, in that case they can pin it in the group so that everyone can access it easily. They need not try to recall the date on which password has been changed and all. In two clicks they can get the pinned messages. Also note that you can pin any number of messages.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:Telepinning.png|Pinning a message
File:Telepin2.png|Notifying the team
</gallery>

<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:Telepinned.png|Pinned messages list
</gallery>

==== Creating a poll ====
In general, a poll is used to collect information, opinion etc. Situation could arise when you want to collect team's opinion on something and need to take decision democratically. Poll gives you an idea of their thought or will. You can take the decision based on that.

It is good that, to create a poll you don’t have to have the administrator rights. This involves few steps.

To create a poll,

Click on the group in which you want to create a poll --> Click on three dots on the right side of group name --> Create poll.

It asks for a question. You can enter a question and add options. You can have a variety of settings such as anonymous voting, multiple answers etc.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:poll1.png|Creating a poll
File:Poll2.png|Creating a Poll : Interface
</gallery>

==== Using 'saved messages' feature ====
When you are working with Telegram you may like to save some particular resources for your own references say, text notes, to-do list, images, links, videos etc, but you don’t want to disturb others by sending them those. In such case you can create a “Saved Messages” which acts as a personal chat box for you. This is a very useful feature of Telegram.

To create a saved messages forum,

Click on three lines on top left of telegram → Click on “Saved Messages”. You can use this space for yourself. This is like your personal workspace.

====Creating / using public channel ====
You can create and use the existing public channel on Telegram. If you want any resource and expect public to access those then you can create your own channel. This can be a newsletter, articles, audio or video lectures etc. Once you create you can share the link with your contact so that they can 'Join' your channel.

To create a channel click on three lines on top left of telegram --> New Channel. You can enter the channel name and description. In the next step it asks whether it is a private or public channel. Usually private channel can be used for internal purpose where you do not want the people to search for you and get accessed to the content. For Private channel you need to invite the channel link to the people who you think as the audience. Public channels are those that are accessible by anyone.

To search and join for a public channel you are interested, you can type the keywords in the search bar. You can get accessibility to plenty of channels, you can view the content inside and join if it suits your interest.

====Having a secret chat====
Secret chat is a device-specific chat box which is secure with end-to-end encryption. Interesting thing in secret chat is that there is an option of self-destruct timer after which the messages disappear automatically.

Secret chat option is available only on Mobile phones.

To open a secret chat,

Open the contacts in telegram --> There will be an option say, “Create a secret chat”.

====Editing the profile====
You can edit your profile based on your need.

To do that, you can click on three lines on "top left of telegram --> Settings --> Edit Profile".

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Teleeditprofile.png|Edit profile
File:Teleeditprofile2.png|Changing user basic information
</gallery>

* You can change your first name and last name by clicking 'Name' field.

* You can change your contact number

* You can add username for your account so that the people cannot figure out your contact number and you can be uniquely identified by your username.

Note that this will be the global username, with this feature you need not be searched with your contact number.

====Changing the download path====
Usually the files you download from the Telegram will be downloaded to the default folder. The default folder will be "/home/user/Downloads/Telegram Desktop". You can change the default folder to download the files to make it more convenient to you.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:Download path.png|Download path in 'Advanced'
File:Changing download path.png|thumb|Changing the download path
</gallery>

To do that,

"Click on three lines on top left of the telegram --> Settings --> Advanced --> Download path."

There will be three options for download path,

# Telegram folder is system under 'Downloads' directory which is the default path
# A temporary folder that can be cleared on logout or uninstall
# Custom folder in which you want to store your files and clear it manually.

====Setting pass code for telegram====
You may want to make your Telegram more secure and want it to be asked for a passcode when you away for a particular amount of time. In such case you can set a passcode for your application from unauthorized access.

To do that,

Click on three lines on top left of the telegram --> Settings --> Click on Privacy and Security --> Click on Local Pass code.

You can enter a pass code and confirm it. You can also some specific amount of time such as one minute, after which your account should ask for the pass code.

====Translating text====
While working with Telegram, you may get a in some other languages which you do not understand. As Telegram supports multiple languages you can simply translate the text within Telegram without the need to depend on any other external translators.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Texttranslate1.png|Language option
File:Translate2 1.png|An example of translation
</gallery>

To do that, Click on three lines on top left of the "telegram → Settings → Language"

Tick the "Show Translate button" → OK. Now on wards, if you receive text in any other languages that your default one, you can select the text, right click on that and click on "Translate selected text"

Text which is in some other language gets easily translated with two clicks without need of external translator applications.

==== Telegram users and admins ====
Generally there are three types of users. Owner is the person who is the creator of the group. Owner has supremacy in managing the group. Owner can assign the members as administrators. Telegram users can be subscribed to any public or private channels on approval of administrator of those groups. They can freely chat in the group, create and share posts, poll etc subject to the permission given by the admin.

Administrators have the rights to,

* Add new users
* Manage messages
* Block members
* Edit group information
* Post messages

=== Advanced features ===

* Hiding contact number from appearing on the profile to others
* Sharing user ID so that people search connect you
* Group settings - Adding members, Sharing and replying
* Creating and working with public or private channels
* You can check for the regular updates and refer this [https://telegram.org/faq FAQ manual] from Telegram site
* Explore more on Telegram Premium

=== References ===

* [https://telegram.org/ Telegram official site]
* [[wikipedia:Telegram_(software)|Telegram Wikipedia]]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Telegram

2023-05-22T07:37:14Z

Rakesh:

Learn Telegram

2023-05-22T07:35:06Z

Rakesh: /* Overview of Features */

<div class="noprint" style="float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;">
{| cellspacing="0"
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]
| style="padding-left:2px;" |Go back to [[ICT student textbook]] [[ICT teacher handbook]]
|}</div>
===Introduction===
Telegram Messenger is a globally accessible freemium, cross-platform, encrypted, cloud-based and centralized instant messaging (IM) service. Telegram can be used in Windows, Linux, Mac Operating systems, it also supports android and iOS platforms.
==== Basic information ====
{| class="wikitable"
|ICT Competency
|Telegram is a cloud based messenger application. It supports synchronization, resulting as you can access your telegram account with several devices at once and share the resources.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Telegram as a messenger supports to make groups thereby allowing group communication between students and the faculty. Creating a channel, conducting quiz through poll makes relates it to educational purpose as well.
|-
|Version
|Version - 4.7.1
|-
|Configuration
|Telegram need to be configured by scanning the device's QR code.
It can be installed on Windows, Ubuntu, MAC OS, Android and iOS.
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://dino.im/#features Dino]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://telegram.org Telegram]
|}
====Overview of Features====
With Telegram you can send messages, photos, videos and files of any type (doc, zip, mp3, etc), as well as create groups for up to 2,00,000 people or channels for broadcasting to unlimited audiences. You can use this tool to create group of people with folder by project and this will help you to use this for any projects related discussion and communication in the team. You can write to your phone contacts and find people by their usernames. As a result, Telegram is like SMS and email combined — and can take care of all your personal or work messaging needs. In addition to this, it supports end-to-end encrypted voice and video calls, as well as voice chats in groups for thousands of participants.
====Installation====
===== For Ubuntu OS =====
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing Telegram-Desktop on top search bar in Software Centre(App Grid).
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking Applications->System Tools->Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install telegram-desktop</code>

===== For Windows OS =====
To install and use Telegram on your Windows computer, you can follow these steps:

1. Download the Windows x64 option of Telegram-Desktop version from [https://desktop.telegram.org/ this link]

2. Now go the downloaded path on your computer and double click on "tsetup-x64..." file to begin the installation.

===== For MAC OS =====
1. Download the installation file for MAC OS from [https://desktop.telegram.org/ this link]

2. When the download is complete, find the downloaded .dmg file and move it to the application folder to install it.
===Working with the application===
====Using Telegram====
=====Edit, Reply, forward, Deleting the messages=====
Whenever you will be sending messages using telegram you may come across a situation of typing error or even the message you sent may not be valid at some point of time. In such cases you may feel to edit or delete the messages. Telegram lets you edit your messages even after you sent the message and seen by the receiver.

You can edit the message by right-clicking on the message and clicking ‘edit’. You can modify the text according to the need and then press 'enter'.

To reply a message, you can click 'reply' option for the message you want to. Another simple option is, double-clicking the message will indicate that you are replying to the corresponding message.

In some situation you may want to forward a message exactly to someone else. To forward a message you can right-click on the message and click 'forward' and then choose the contact you want to forward it to.

You can delete the message that is sent by you. To delete any message you can right-click on the message and click 'delete'. You can delete it only for you OR delete for the receiver OR all the participants in the group.

=====Using emoticons=====
Emoticons are special feature which is usually in an animated form in telegram. You can also search for a particular type of emoticon by using the expression you want to show by prefixing a colon (:) symbol.

To show a sad expression, you can type ''':sad''' in the text area, immediately you will get the emoticons that shows sad faces. Below image depicts the same.
<gallery mode="packed" heights=250px>
File:Tele Emoticons.png
</gallery>
=====Translating text=====
While working with Telegram, you may get a in some other languages which you do not understand. As Telegram supports multiple languages you can simply translate the text within Telegram without the need to depend on any other external translators.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Translating the text">
File:Translate1.png|Tick "Show translate button"
File:Translate2.png|A sample output of translation
</gallery>

To do that, Click on three lines on top left of the "telegram → Settings → Language"

Tick the "Show Translate button" → OK. Now on wards, if you receive text in any other languages that your default one, you can select the text, right click on that and click on "Translate selected text"

Text which is in some other language gets easily translated with two clicks without need of external translator applications.

=====Voice and video calls=====
Telegram is not only a instant messaging application but it also allows you to make a voice and video call with screen casting. This can be used whenever you want to have a quick video call or screen cast your screen to do a quick presentation etc. It also allows to make group video calls up to 30 users to join from their camera device and the video call can be attended by 1000 people at the same time.

To make a voice or video call you can click on 'phone' icon on the recipient’s name box as shown in the image.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Calls.png|Calling interface in Telegram
</gallery>

Once you click on it, it will try to connect to the recipient and established a connection. Once the connection is established it gives an option to switch to video call and also allows to share the screen with the users.

=====Creating a poll=====
In general, a poll is used to collect information, opinion, decision etc. Situation could arise when you want to collect people's opinion for a particular question. Poll gives you an idea of their thought. It is good that, to create a poll you don’t have to have the administrator rights. This involves few steps.

To create a poll,

Click on the group in which you want to create a poll --> Click on three dots on the right side of group name --> Create poll.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:poll1.png|Creating a poll
File:Poll2.png|Creating a Poll : Interface
</gallery>

====Customizing Telegram====
=====Editing the profile=====
You can edit your profile based on your need.

To do that, you can click on three lines on "top left of telegram --> Settings --> Edit Profile".

* You can change your first name and last name by clicking 'Name' field.

* You can change your contact number

* You can add username for your account so that the people cannot figure out your contact number and you can be uniquely identified by your username.

Note that this will be the global username, with this feature you need not be searched with your contact number.

=====Creating a folder=====
Telegram lets you create folders to group common related chats or community. You may want to bifurcate chats or groups based on projects or teams, in such cases you can create folders. You may also want the official groups to be separated from the personal ones in Telegram.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Folder1.png|Click on "Settings"
File:Folder2.png|Click on "Folders"
</gallery>

To create a folder,

"Click on three lines on top left --> Click Settings --> Click on Folders --> Create a new folder"
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Folder3.png|thumb|Click on "Create new folder"
File:Folder4.png|thumb|Give a folder name
</gallery>

You can type the folder name and choose what are the chats that you want to appear on this folder or chats that you don’t want to appear on this folder. With these two options you can bifurcate the contacts/groups that exists in your contact.

Having an unread folder 

Whenever you feel you need a separate folder for all unread messages, you can add an "unread" folder to the telegram.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Folder5.png|Click on "Add"
</gallery>

To add unread folder,

Click on three lines on top left --> Click Settings --> Click on Folders --> In Recommended folders section there is an option to add unread. Click on that and close the window.

=====Creating a saved messages forum=====
You may have come across a situation where you want to save some particular resources for your own references say, text notes, to-do list, images, links, videos etc, but you don’t want to disturb others by sending them those. In such case you can create a “Saved Messages” by your own.

To create a saved messages forum,

Click on three lines on top left of telegram → Click on “Saved Messages”. You can use this space for yourself. This is like your personal workspace.

=====Changing the download path=====
Usually the files you download from the Telegram will be downloaded to the default folder. The default folder will be "/home/user/Downloads/Telegram Desktop". You can change the default folder to download the files to make it more convenient to you.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Download path.png|Download path in 'Advanced'
File:Changing download path.png|thumb|Changing the download path
</gallery>

To do that,

"Click on three lines on top left of the telegram --> Settings --> Advanced --> Download path."

There will be three options for download path,

# Telegram folder is system under 'Downloads' directory which is the default path
# A temporary folder that can be cleared on logout or uninstall
# Custom folder in which you want to store your files and clear it manually.

=====Having a secret chat=====
Secret chat is a device-specific chat box which is secure with end-to-end encryption. Interesting thing in secret chat is that there is an option of self-destruct timer after which the messages disappear automatically.

Secret chat option is available only on Mobile phones.

To open a secret chat,

Open the contacts in telegram --> There will be an option say, “Create a secret chat”.

=====Setting pass code for telegram=====
If you want telegram to ask for a pass code when the system is idle after some particular time you can do so by setting up the pass code.

To do that,

Click on three lines on top left of the telegram --> Settings --> Click on Privacy and Security --> Click on Local Pass code.

You can enter a pass code and confirm it. You can also auto lock telegram for some specific amount of time after which your account should ask for the pass code.
[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Audacity

2023-04-26T04:46:17Z

Rakesh: /* For Windows OS */

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A1%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%BF_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]''
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}
===Introduction===
Audacity is a free and open source multi-track audio editor and recorder. Audacity is a high-quality sound recording application, designed to be easy to use. It works on GNU/Linux, Windows, Mac OS X and other operating systems. We recommend Audacity to most computer users, because it is simple and has many features and capabilities
====Basic information====
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|ICT Competency
|It is a generic audio resource creation and editing tool.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|You can use this tool to create own voice recordings, modify existing audio recordings as per your academic requirements. You can mix multiple audio's together to create educational resources.
|-
|Version
|Audacity Version 3.1.3
|-
|Other similar applications
|
# [https://ocenaudio.com OcenAudio] is a cross-platform audio editor.
# [https://www.wavosaur.com/ Wavosaur] is a free audio editor software for editing, processing and recording sounds, wav and mp3 files
# [https://traverso-daw.en.softonic.com/ Traverso DAW] is an audio recording and editing program which is very well suited to record a single voice, a band, an ensemble, a whole orchestra or any other source of music!
Ardour, Qtractor, or Rosegarden tools can be used for audio resource creation.
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://f-droid.org/repo/com.ringdroid_20703.apk Ringdroid using Fdroid]
[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.nchsoftware.mixpad_free&hl=en Mixpad Free for Android]

|-
|Development and community help
|[http://audacityteam.org/help/documentation/ Audacity Team]
|}

====Overview of Features====
Audacity features importing and exporting of various audio formats such as wav, aiff, mp3, ogg, vorbis. It enables to record and playback sounds. Sound effects can be added in variety of ways. Editing is possible via cut, copy, and paste, with unlimited levels of undo. It supports multitrack features including navigation controls, zoom and single-track edit, project pane, audio file manipulation etc.

====Installation====

===== For Ubuntu OS =====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing <code>Audacity</code> on the top search bar in the Software Center.
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking "Applications --> System Tools --> Terminal" or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install audacity</code>
=====For Windows OS =====
# To install Audacity in Windows OS click [https://www.audacityteam.org/download/windows/ this link] and click on "Audacity windows Installer" to download .exe file, save this file in your computer.
# You can save Audacity executable (.exe) to your desktop or to a folder.
# Double-click on Audacity executable to begin the installation.
# Click "Yes" when asked. "Do you want to allow this app from an unknown publisher to make changes to your PC?".
# Choose "English" when asked to select the language to use during installation and click "OK".
# Close any other opened programs before clicking "Next" in the audacity Installation window.
# Read the information section on licenses, Click "Next"
# Click "Next" on the Select Destination installer window, Click "Next" in the "Desktop Icon" screen.
# Click "Install" The installation wizard will now show a progress bar during the installation
{{Note}} After you installed Audacity in your windows computer, you need to [https://drive.google.com/file/d/13ScfBeZcgFUtpMbHiOyjDNpsLZ-P9iRk/view?usp=sharing install this] .mp3 plugin to export your audio in mp3 format. Without installing this you will not be able to export audio in .ogg, .wav and any other audio format
=====For MAC OS =====
# click on [https://www.audacityteam.org/download/mac/ this link] to download audacity installable file and save this file in your computer.
# Once the download is completed and the downloaded file has been saved in your Downloads folder, double-click the DMG file to mount it. (Some browsers may offer the option to automatically open the DMG file for you.)
# Drag the Audacity.app icon rightwards onto the Applications folder shortcut.
# You can also drag Audacity.app out of the DMG to any other location. You need the administrator password to copy Audacity to Applications.
# Launch Audacity.app from Applications or from your chosen location.

===Working with the application===
You need an audio interface to use Audacity. If you will record audio with Audacity, you must have at least one microphone connected to your audio interface and you need speaker to listen and edit existed audio file.
====Obtaining Audio from different sources====
Audio files can be obtained from many different sources such as audio recorders in phone, camera, or laptops devices and transferred to a laptop to edit them using Audacity. The audio recording in laptops can be done using Audacity which is explained in "Step 3" Screenshot.

==== Testing the Mic and Speaker ====
* Since Audacity deals with recording, we need to take care of the Mic and Speaker settings first. A very simple method to check and monitor the audio levels in the Audacity software is as follows.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200">
File:Mic Setting in Audacity.png|Monitoring Audio levels
File:Audacity Mic Testing fine.png|Showing input levels
</gallery>
* In the above picture you can observe there is an option near the toolbar that is, "Click to Start Monitoring". Once you click on that it will show you the levels of Mic audio. At this time, you can try your mic by speaking something just to verify your hardware peripheral is working fine. If the levels in audio varies that means the device is working without any issue. If the levels are not varying then there must be some issue with your hardware.
* To test the speaker you can look at the levels in right side of this "Mic monitoring". If your output device and all its settings are well and good then it shows the levels of output audio.
{{Clear}}

====Recording with Audacity====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:Audacity_1_Option_Menu_To_Open.png|Step 1 -This can be opened from Applications --> Sound & Video --> Audacity
File:Audacity_2_Main_Window.png|Step 2 - When you open the Audacity application, it will show the window as above
File:Audacity 3 Start Record.png|Step 3 - Recording and other tools
</gallery>
To start recording, click the "Red record" button in the Toolbar as shown in the left image. Begin talking or playing any audio and continue for as long as you want. When you feel you've recorded enough, click the "Yellow stop" button. Until you stop the recording, other functions on the Menu and Toolbar will be disabled. You can record audio playing on your computer itself, or playing in another external audio device.

==== Importing audio and multiple tracks ====
Audacity allows you to import more than one tracks to the audio thereby making your audio more effective and attractive.

For example, If you are narrating a story, effects related to the elements of the story can be added at the required positions. Even the background music can be added which does not make your audio boring.<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Audacity_4_Add_New_track.png|Audio track and adding new track
File:Audacity 5 Multipal Track.png| Multiple tracks
</gallery>

* To import audio, click "File --> Import --> Audio" from the menu as shown in the first image above. Choose the music file from your computer, and then click on "Open". Once you import an audio clip it will appear in Audacity as an audio track as you can see in the second image.
* If you want to add multiple tracks, you can do so by clicking on "Tracks --> Add new --> Audio track" from the Menu as shown in the same second image. With the use of multiple tracks, you can record and at the same time import several audio tracks to work in Audacity as shown in the third image above.

See below animation to know the steps to import second track. [[File:Import_2nd_audio_track_to_Audacity.gif|alt=|center]]
 

==== Basic audio editing ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Audacity 6 Delete middle Song.png|Selection of Audio
</gallery>

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Cut selected audio clip for moving to other place - audacity.png|Cutting selected audio
File:Paste selected audio clip to other place - audacity.png| Pasting selected audio
</gallery>
Similar to how we do cut (or copy) paste a selection of text in a text document, we can cut (copy) and paste a selection of audio in an audio file in Audacity. To delete a part of the track, we can select the area of the track we wish to delete as shown in the first image above and then press "Delete" key on the keyboard to delete. To move a part of the audio to another place on the same track or to another track, we need to select it first as we did before and then click on the cut icon on the toolbar as shown in the second image. Then the same audio can be pasted by clicking on the paste icon on the toolbar as shown in the third image above. The usual keyboard shortcuts for "Cut" (<code>Ctrl+X</code>), "Copy" (<code>Ctrl+C</code>) and "Paste" (<code>Ctrl+V</code>) will also work on Audacity. Once you are done with editing, the final audio can be exported to any audio format from the Menu by clicking on "File -->Export" and then "Save".

==== Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment ====
You can repeat a segment of audio that is already recorded.
# Click "Selection Tool", then select a portion of audio.
# Choose "Edit --> Copy" or press Ctrl+C in your keyboard.
# Click in a track near where you want the copy to start playing.
# Choose "Edit --> Paste" or press Ctrl+V in your keyboard.
# You can repeat this steps to repeat as many times you want, by using copy, paste feature.

==== Zoom in and Zoom out tracks ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300">
File:Audacity Zoom in Zoom out.png|Zoom in Zoom out tool
</gallery>
Sometimes it may be required to zoom in and zoom out the particular segment in the audio. To do this, there is an option in toolbar icon for both as marked in the image. You can keep on click '+' to zoom in and '-' to zoom out respectively.

==== Adjusting the volume of the audio ====
Occasionally, you may find that recordings are either too quiet or of poor quality once you come to edit them. This can be remedied to a certain degree in Audacity.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Increase your recorded volume by using amplify feature">
File:Audacity - amplify audio 0.png|Select amplify tool from effect menu
File:Audacity - amplify audio 1.png| Select "allow clipping" to increase the volume
</gallery>
To amplify the clip select the track which you want to increase (amplify) the volume, go to "Effect" tab from the top of the screen and choose "Amplify" from the drop-down menu and Finally, use the slider in the new dialogue box to tell Audacity how much you wish to amplify your clip and click "OK" to apply.
[[File:Audacity Amplifynew.gif|thumb|alt=|center|900x900px]]

You have to select "Allow clipping" to increase the volume. See below animation to use amplify function to adjust the volume, 
====Changing the Pitch, Speed and Tempo====
Pitch change option changes the pitch of your original recording without changing its speed. This is useful when you have some conversation in your recording involving more than one person. You can make your normal voice to be a magnetic voice, cartoon voice, male to female voice and viceversa and many more depending on the value given as input.

Change Speed option changes the speed of a selection which affects its tempo, pitch and frequency. When reducing speed, all frequencies become lower. When increasing speed, all frequencies become higher.

Change Tempo option changes the tempo and thus the length or duration of a selection, without changing its pitch.

Basic difference between Speed and Tempo is that Speed affects the pitch whereas Tempo does not!<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:Change Pitch1.png|Changing the Pitch
File:Change Tempo1.png|Changing the Tempo
</gallery>
'''Pitch:''' Audacity allows you to change the pitch of the entire audio or a part of it. You can directly mention the percentage of change which the music file expects or can change if having some basic idea of pitch notes in music. For changing the pitch you can click on "Effects--> Change pitch". In the dialogue box you can simply increase and decrease the slider to change the pitch. You can preview the changes you made to the portion of the audio by clicking on "Preview", Click "OK" if changes are final.

'''Speed:''' You can change the speed of the audio by clicking on "Effects-->Change Speed". It shows the multiplier column where you can put the value and those much of time audio gets the speed also you can move the slider to adjust the speed. You can preview the changes you made to the portion of the audio by clicking on "Preview", Click "OK" if changes are final.

'''Tempo:''' You can also change the tempo of the audio by clicking on "Effects -->Change Tempo". It also shows the multiplier option, beats per minute and Length of the selected portion options. Here you can change according to your needs and You can preview the changes you made to the portion of the audio by clicking on "Preview", Click "OK" if changes are final.

====Adding Echo Effect to the music====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:Echo effect.png|Adding Echo Effect
</gallery>
{{clear}}
You can include Echo effect on to your audio by clicking on "Effects-->Echo". Delay Time indicates the amount of delay between the echoes, Delay Factor increases or decreases the amplitude or loudness of the each echo.

==== Removing noise ====
Noise is part of an audio signal that is not the intended signal. When you listen to music on the radio, you can hear the music, and usually also some noise. When computers record or play audio, the electronic components sometimes create extra noise. Sometimes it can be your background noise recorded your audio.

In order to remove ‘noise,’ we must first tell Audacity what the ‘noise’ sounds. Do this by selecting a portion of the audio where nobody is talking and noise has recorded – like a break in the conversation, so you just get the ‘noise’.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Remove noise by using noise reduction option">
File:Audacity - noise reduction 1.png|Select Noise reduction tool from effect menu
File:Audacity - noise reduction - click OK 2.png|Select get noise profile and select OK
</gallery>
# Choose "Effect --> Noise Removal". The "Noise Removal" window appears. Click Get Profile. The Noise Removal tool uses the selected audio as an example of the noise to remove.
# Select the whole track.
# Open the "Noise Removal" window. Click "OK". The Noise Removal tool processes the audio. The Noise Removal tool is not effective in this example because most of the signal is noise.

==== Fade a section in or fade it out ====
Audacity has tools to fade in and out. When you "fade in," it means to gradually increase the volume level from silence to the original level. When you "fade out," it means to gradually decreased the volume level from the original level to silence. Professional recordings of concerts often fade out after a song, while the audience applauds. Fading out avoids an abrupt stop at the end of the recording, because the volume level is decreased gradually to silence.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Add fade in or fade out for your track">
File:Audacity - fade in.png|After added fade in for the track
File:Audacity -fade out.png|After added fade out for the track
</gallery>
# Click "Selection Tool", then select a portion of audio to fade in or out.
# Choose "Effect --> Fade In" or "Effect --> Fade Out".
Generally fade in at the beginning of an audio segment, and fade out at the end of an audio segment. You can use Audacity to create special effects if you fade in or fade out in the middle of an audio segment. You can make a surprising effect by setting Audacity to fade in or out over a few second, then adding the opposite fade inside the first fade.
==== Saving and exporting to different formats ====
Audacity saves its data in a format that only Audacity can use. Audacity saves more information than just the audio files, and this information cannot be stored in conventional audio files like OGG, MP3, or WAV.

When you want to share your work, or use it in another application, you must export it. When you "export" audio, Audacity converts the Audacity-only file into a conventional audio file. Audacity does not delete the original Audacity-only file, but the exported file cannot be converted into the Audacity-only format.
# Save Project: All the edits including files can be saved in uncompressed, lossless quality using the "''AUP"'' format. An "''AUP"'' project file is created, along with a folder with the same name as the AUP file that contains the project's audio data. For example, if you save a project as <code>independence day.aup</code>, a folder called <code>independence day_data</code> will contain the audio data. We can save the "AUP" project file with keyboard <code>Ctrl+S</code> shortcut or through "File --> Save Project" from the Menu.
# Export Audio: Audio can be exported to many formats such as mp3, ogg, wav. According to your need you can export the audio.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300">
File:Audacity Exporting options.png|Exporting to various formats
</gallery>
# Choose "File --> Export'''"'''.
# Select the format, filename, and directory of the audio that will be exported. Click "Save" when you are finished.
# Depending on which format you choose, the "Metadata" window appears. You can input this information if you wish (Don't forget mention creative common license under the comment section. In this way you will other to reuse your audio). Metadata basically contains information about the Audio that is exported. Artist name, Track title, Album title, Track number, Year, Genre and Comments are included here. They are optional.
# Audacity processes the audio to export. This may take some time, depending on the audio.
List of all available export formats supported by Audacity can be found [http://manual.audacityteam.org/man/export_formats_supported_by_audacity.html here].

==== Advanced features ====
Audacity is a full-fledged audio editor which has many advanced features. Click [http://manual.audacityteam.org/man/tutorials.html This page] which lists tutorials that provide step-by-step instructions for performing all the interesting things with audio in Audacity.

=== Ideas for resource creation ===
This tool can be used to create own voice recordings, modify existing audio as per academic requirements and to mix multiple audio files together to create educational resources.

=== References ===
# [[Wikipedia:Audacity_(audio_editor)|Audacity Wikipedia page]]
# [http://manual.audacityteam.org/index.html#using Audacity Manual]
# [https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/1889/editing_sound_files_with_audacity-62400.pdf gloucestershire.gov.uk]

=== Video Tutorials ===
{{#widget:YouTube|id=IXoGmyzNZOY|height=450|width=600}}

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Kdenlive

2023-04-26T04:40:36Z

Rakesh: /* For Windows OS */

{{Template:Book-sidebar}}
===Introduction===
==== Basic information ====
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|ICT Competency
|Kdenlive Video editor is generic resource creation tool
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Working with video, audio, text and image resources. This can be used in digital story telling vities
|-
|Version
|version 19.12.3
|-
|Other similar applications
|[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Openshot video editor]], [http://www.pitivi.org/ Pitivi] and advance [https://www.lwks.com/ Lightwork]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.cyberlink.powerdirector.DRA140225_01&hl=en_IN&gl=US Cyberlink Powerdirector], [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.splice.video.editor&hl=en_IN&gl=US Splice]
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://kdenlive.org/ Official Website]
|}
==== Overview of features ====
Kdenlive is an open source video editor. The project was started around 2003. Kdenlive is an acronym for KDE Non-Linear Video Editor. It is a free software (GPL licensed) primarily aimed at the Linux platform. Kdenlive is built on Qt and the KDE Frameworks libraries.
* Kdenlive has multi-track editing with a timeline and supports an unlimited number of video and audio tracks.
* Tools to create, move, crop and delete video clips, audio clips, text clips and image clips. Configurable keyboard shortcuts and interface layouts.
* A wide range of effects and transitions. Audio effects including normalization, phase and pitch shifting, limiting, volume adjustment, reverb and equalization filters as well as others. Video effects include options for masking, blue-screen, distortions, rotations, colour tools, blurring, obscuring and others.
* Ability to add custom effects and transitions.
* Rendering is done using a separate non-blocking process so it can be stopped, paused and restarted.
* Kdenlive also provides a script called the "Kdenlive Builder Wizard" (KBW) that compiles the latest developer version of the software and its main dependencies from source, to allow users to try to test new features and report problems on the bug tracker.

==== Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu OS =====
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “Kdenlive” in Ubuntu Software Center
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.
## sudo apt-get install kdenlive
## Then, just type your ubuntu password(it will not display on your screen), press Enter.
===== For Windows OS =====
# Download the kdenlive-20.04.1.exe file from [https://download.kde.org/stable/kdenlive/23.04/windows/kdenlive-23.04.0.exe this link]
# Locate and double-click the .exe file. (It will usually be in your ''Downloads'' folder.)
# A Installation dialog box will appear. Follow the instructions to install the software.
# The software will be installed. You can now open the Kdenlive application by double clicking on Kdenlive icon on the desktop screen.

===Working with the application===
When you start to working with any multimedia files (videos, images, animation) the first step is creating a new (empty) folder for our new project. This will help to find your all project files. Create a folder anywhere under your home folder. Open Kdenlive from "Applications --> Sound and video --> Kdenlive".

<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Opening kdenlive from menu option">
File:0. Open kdenlive.png|Opening kdenlive from menu option
File:1. Kdenlive main window .png|Kdenlive main window
</gallery>

Create new project to start your video editing. Creating/Saving a project file to your computer is similar to saving a file in any other Office program.

If we have created a project that we want to share or to save to be revised at a later time, there are two things that we need to do. The first is to save our project for revise your work later and the second is to export the project to a video file for previewing or sharing. These are two similar but separate processes.

==== Adding clips ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300">
File:2. Kdenlive browse files .png|450px|left|thumb|Importing files into Kdenlive project
</gallery>

Now that the project is ready, let’s start adding some clips into your project. Click on the “Add Clip” icon, directly it opens the file dialogue, start browsing your local video clips, audio clips, images to start your edit.

{{Clear}}

==== Arranging files in tracks ====
After you have imported files, the next step is to adding files into the timeline and arranging it for editing. Timeline is the place where the media clips will be edited. There are two different types of tracks, Video and Audio. Video tracks can contain any kind of clip, audio tracks as well but when dropping a video file to the audio track, only the audio will be used.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200">
File:3. Kdenlive arranging clicps.png|Arranging my file in tracker
</gallery>
To add clips into tracks, select file from the project files section and drag and drop it in the tracks where your files are suited. Any time by pressing "space" button(or click on the “Play” button in the project monitor) to see the preview of edited work.

Once a clip is dropped on a track, it can be moved (drag and drop it) to another place on the same track or onto another track.

==== Cutting, moving and deleting clips ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="150">
File:4. kdenlive - using scissor tool .png|Using scissor tool
File:7. Kdenlive - arranging clicps.png|moving clips to different tracks
</gallery>
# To cut a clip into two parts, select Razor from "Edit --> Toolbar". The mouse cursor will change to a dotted line and razor icon. Click on a clip at the point you want to cut or slice it. And also if you want to remove one part of this clip, just right click on the clip and remove clip.
# After you cut a clip, now it will be two part. Click on cursor icon (Select Mode), click on a clip which you want to move. Then drag the clip to a new position on the timeline, and drop it.
# To cut a clip, the easiest way is to place the timeline cursor where you want to cut the clip, then select the clip (left click in it) and use the menu "Timeline --> Current Clip --> Cut Clip" (Keyboard shortcut is Shift + R).

==== Grouping and ungrouping audio ====
Although audio and video comes together in a clip, there may be a possibility that you need either only audio or only video as your requirement. At such times you can ungroup them so that you can use the video with some other audio and viceversa.

To do this, Once you import the video, right click on the timeline --> click Ungroup.

Similarly, you can group an audio with video by selecting both and then right clicking on any then click on Group.

==== Sound effects ====
Sound effect can be given for a video in Kdenlive in a very easy and efficient method.

To give the sound effect right click on timeline window that appears to the bottom of the screen click on "Insert an effect --> Volume (Keyframable)". Immediately you can see a Red colored bubble on Audio timeline. You can flexibly move it to top and bottom to raise and down the volume respectively.

==== Resizing a clip ====
A clip can be resized from its start or end by dragging its left or right edge.

If you want a more precise resize, you can place the timeline cursor wherever you want the resize to end and use the menu "Timeline --> Resize Item Start or Timeline --> Resize" Item End.

==== Removing Space Between Clips ====
Right click in the space between the clips and choose "Remove Space". 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250">
File:8. removing extra space.png|Removing extra spaces between clips 
</gallery>
Be aware however that if you have clips on multiple tracks in the timeline and they are not grouped, then removing space may disturb the alignment of the clips between the different tracks the space is only removed from the timeline where you clicked.

{{Clear}}

==== Adding titles/subtitles ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300">
File:5. Kdenlive - adding the title.png|Adding the title
</gallery>
Titles are text elements that can be added to the timeline and appear over the top of other clips. Titles are created in the Project Tree and then dragged to the timeline like other video clips. 

To create a title, choose “Add Title Clip” from the Project toolbar. Below is the title create window.

Here just start adding your title and do the formatting using different tools in it and finally click on “OK”. Once click on the OK, your title file will add to you project tree. Drag drop it on your track for adding into your video.

If you want titles to overlay other footage, you put title clips on ''video track 1'' and have the other footage on ''video track 2''. You also need to retain the affine transition that is automatically added to the title clips if you want the footage visible underneath.

==== Adding fade in fade out effect ====
By adding fade-in and fade-out for the clips, it will smoothly changing the slides from one to next.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300">
File:10. kdenlive fade in out.png|400px|Adding fade in/out for clip
</gallery>
The most basic type of fade-in and fade-out are the fade from black and fade to black effects. The easiest way to add these to your media files is to move the mouse pointer close to the corner of a clip on the timeline, then click and drag until your fade reaches the desired length.
==== Adding transition into clips====
To add a transition, adjust clips in the timeline so that the end of one overlaps the beginning of another. Then right-click in the timeline at the overlap point, select "Add Transition" , then choose one of the "transitions" from the transition list.

==== Save project files ====
Kdenlive needs a project file to save the information that makes up a video project. Information such as the name and location of your project, video and audio files, timeline information, which clips have been trimmed, arranged, etc. This project file you can use it later if you need to do any change in your file. Click on "File --> Save Project", enter your ''file name'' and select location for save in that location.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300">
File:11. Kdenlive saving the project.png|Saving the project
</gallery>

====Export/Render as Video====
Once done with your all editing work, next is to export your video. This will convert your "OpenShot" project into a single video file, which should work on any platform. Click on the "Render" icon on the top toolbar, video icon at the top menu tool bar (or use the "File --> Export Video" menu). Under rendering section there are many things which you need to configure to export your project as video.

Video profile : Preset rendering profiles to choose from. The rendering profiles are grouped into categories.
# When a variable bit rate profile is selected, the File Size section displays a drop down for choosing the Video quality you want.
# Select "mp4" format from the format list.
# File size will be differ from your parameter selection
# In the last section, clicking on "full project" will render your entire project as video and by clicking on "Selected zone" will render the portion you are selected.
# Finally click on "Render to file " option to start the process.

====Video cutter tool ====
Kdenlive is a powerful app for video editing and movie creation, but if you are looking for something simple and light-weight that can quickly trim of those long videos, then try VidCutter tool. It is a free and open source video trimmer for Linux, Windows, and Mac. From VidCutter, you can easily do most common video editing like trim, split, and join videos. VidCutter supports popular video formats including MP4 (which is default video format of smartphones), AVI (used by some cameras), MOV, WMV, MPEG, and FLV. To install this tool in your ubuntu, '''Method 1 :''' From the PPA Open a terminal (Ctrl+Alt+T) and copy paste these following commands one by one:
sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ozmartian/apps 
sudo apt-get update 
sudo apt-get install qml-module-qtmultimedia vidcutter 

'''Method 2 :''' App image file Download App Image file from [https://github.com/ozmartian/vidcutter/releases from this link]. and follow the instruction mentioned in the same link to run it in your system. But it is a bit complicated for the new users. From the above link you can download this application for windows computers.

====Advanced features====
'''Multi-track video editing -''' Kdenlive allows you to use and arrange several audio and video tracks, each one can be locked or muted to your convenience.

'''Configurable interface and shortcuts -'''You can arrange and save your custom interface layouts to fit your workflow.

Keyboard shortcuts can also be configured to match your preferences.

'''Many effects and transitions -''' Dozens of effects are available, ranging from color correction to audio adjustments, as well as all the standard transform options.

'''Automatic backup -''' Your project file is automatically backed up every few minutes, and older versions of the project file are also kept in case you need to roll back to a previous version.

===Ideas for resource creation===
If you want to create a video by yourself using images or any existing OER video you can trim those and put some other background voices.

===References===
# https://kdenlive.org
# https://userbase.kde.org/Kdenlive/Manual

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Freeplane

2023-04-04T12:34:12Z

Rakesh:

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]''

''[https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%AB%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%AA%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B2%E0%A5%87%E0%A4%A8_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%8F हिंदी में देखें]''
<div class="noprint" style="float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;">
{| cellspacing="0"
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]
| style="padding-left:2px;" |Go back to [[ICT student textbook]] [[ICT teacher handbook]]
|}</div>
===Introduction===

==== Basic information ====
{| class="wikitable"
|ICT Competency
|Freeplane is a free and open source software application that helps you create and edit concept map, as a generic resource. For the purpose of this section, we can treat 'concept mapping' as nearly synonymous with 'mind mapping'.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Making concept maps can support thinking, brainstorming, sharing information and documenting meetings and group processes.
Educators consider that concept mapping is a good approach for building skills in students for ideating and organizing ideas; they also find it a great asset for teaching. It is a great tool for students to help them organize their thought processes when writing. Teachers and students can use this application to collaboratively or individually create concept maps on an idea or explore a problem.
|-
|Version
|Version - 1.10.2
|-
|Configuration
|This tool has no specific configuration requirements. It is available as a part of Ubuntu custom distribution.
Freeplane is part of the Ubuntu GNU/Linux operating system. It is also available for download on [https://sourceforge.net/projects/freeplane/ Windows] and Mac operating systems as well.
|-
|Other similar applications
|[http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page Freemind]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.cryptobees.mimind&hl=en_IN&gl=US MiMind]
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://www.freeplane.org/ Freeplane website]
|}

====Overview of Features====
Freeplane helps you to create a textual OER with possibilities for linking to additional resources (on your computer as well as on the web), adding annotations as well as images. It allows you to organize and order ideas into a hierarchy connected by lines (edges). Freeplane is a tool to create concept map that can be organized graphically, in the form of a map or tree of ideas. It provides a pictorial overview of the concepts, related concepts / sub-concepts for a topic. Nodes can also be linked with free lines (connectors) and labels. The concept map can be exported as an image as well as a text document.

====Installation====
===== For Ubuntu OS =====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing Freeplane on top search bar in Software Centre(App Grid).
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking Applications->System Tools->Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install freeplane</code>

===== For Windows OS =====
To install and use Freeplane on your Windows computer, you need to install both Freeplane and Java runtime packages in your Windows computer.
# Download the Freeplane installable file from [https://sourceforge.net/projects/freeplane/ this link] and download '''Java''' Runtime Environment from [https://www.java.com/en/download/ this link]. You can save these two .exe files on your computer (preferably on '''Downloads''' folder).
# Now, go to the downloaded path on your computer and double click on "'''Freeplane-Setup-...exe'''" file to begin the installation.
# Click "Yes" if it ask your permission to allow this program make change to the computer, Keep clicking on "Next" button to continue and complete the installation.
#Install the downloaded Java runtime package using the same method described above.
{{Note}} To use Freeplane on your computer, Java runtime tool is compulsory, make sure you have installed both Freeplane and Java.

===== For MAC OS =====
# Download the installation file from [https://drive.google.com/file/d/1JO2S58B4TFVEyGJAcotskiN4MPz_UHW0/view?usp=sharing this link].
# When the download is complete, find the downloaded .dmg file and double on click it.
=== Working with the application ===
# To download mindmap file [https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/9/9c/Learning_Digital_Story_Telling.mm click here] (To download the example mindmap file, "Right click on 'click here' in the above line--> Click Save link as". Then give the path to save the file.)
#
====Creating a map ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Creating a concept map">
File:Freeplane1_Opening_Freeplane.png|Opening Freeplane
File:Freeplane2_rootnode.png|Main window of Freeplane
</gallery>
To learn working with Freeplane, we will start creating a concept map for Digital Story Telling; you will see above that Freeplane has opened a window with a box with text "New mindmap". This node, also called the "Root node" will contain the core idea/ theme to be discussed in the concept map. You can click on "File" option to "Save" this map; when the map is saved it will get saved with the name in the root node. Concept maps can be stored in your folders; they are saved with an extension ".mm".

==== Inserting nodes ====
Here as an example, we have created a concept map called Learning Digital Story Telling. After the root node is created, additional ideas are added by adding more nodes, called child nodes. The concept map gets built by adding further child nodes, for topics and sub-topics. You can keep adding child nodes to any node.
# Use the ‘insert’ key to create a ‘child node’ this is a sub-concept of your current concept.
# Use the ‘enter’ key to create a ‘sibling’ this is a parallel concept to your current concept.
Thus you can create a concept map with knowing just two functions – add child node (insert) and add sibling node (enter). In this manner, a concept map can be used to classify and categorize information.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Child and sibling nodes">
File:Conceptmap2.png|Child Node
File:COL - Concept Map on DST.png|Sibling Node
</gallery>
Our map has nodes for the ‘why’, ‘what’ and ‘how’ of DST, with sub-nodes.
#The first image shows the creation of a concept map with the first child node.
#The second image shows the completed concept map with child nodes and sibling nodes.
You can go to the next line in a node for text by giving pressing SHIFT+ENTER. This command will make the cursor to go the next line.

{{Note}} You can Zoom in and Zoom out the map according to your requirement. To do this, Click on "View --> Zoom --> Zoom In/Out".

==== Linking nodes====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="270px">
File:Freeplane linking nodes.png|Connect two nodes
File:Freeplane connector properties.png|Connector properties
</gallery>
#When you discuss the concepts, you can notice that sometimes concepts are related, but not in a parent-child-sibling relationship and you want to link them to study in detail. For doing this you can add a graphical link (an arrow) to connect two nodes. To do this select two nodes, then go to Menu Bar and choose "Edit --> Connect" option. Then you can see graphical link which is connected to two nodes. You can click on the arrow and move it around.
#By right clicking on graphical link(connector) you will get the window as shown in second image. In that you can change connector color, shape, size and direction. You can also add or remove the source node label, middle node label, target node label.
{{Note}} If you want to select more than one node, you can press and hold Ctrl key and click on the the nodes. This process allows you to select multiple random things at a time.{{clear}}

====Adding notes====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px">
File:Freeplane5_inserting_notes.png|Node with a note added
File:Freeplane6_howtoaddnote.png|How to add a note
File:Freeplane7_note_window.png|Typing in the note window
</gallery>
#In our Learning Digital Story Telling concept map, you will also see a yellow label beside the arrow and if you place your mouse over the yellow label, you will see a note description.
#To add a note, you can click on the node, as shown in the second image, go to "View--->Notes--->Display note panel". Alternatively, you can "right click on the node you want to add a note --> Click on Edit note in a dialogue"
#You can type your note in the note window which opens as shown in the third image. You can change the position and size of this note window.

==== Moving nodes ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Freeplane_-_moving_nodes.gif|Moving nodes
</gallery>

To move nodes from one position to other position or to disconnect a node from its current parent and connect it to another parent you can simply click and drag it to its new location. Each node has two positions where you can drop another node. These positions are visible if the cursor is above it.
* If the cursor is near the top of the target node, the whole upper half lights up. If you drop a node here, the node will become a sibling above the target node.
* If the cursor is near the child side of the target node, the left or right side of the node lights up. If you drop the node here it will be connected as a child node.

==== Inserting Images to the Map ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights=300px>
File:Inserting image to FP.jpg|Inserting Image
</gallery>
* To insert an image to the map, you must have the image stored in your computer. You can insert the image to the map first by selecting the node under which the image should be displayed.
* To insert an image, You can go the menu "Insert-->Image-->Add Image". You can browse for the image you have on your system.
* Alternatively, you can right click on the "Node-->Add Image --> Add Image".
* Once image gets inserted onto the Map, you can resize it by moving the cursor to the right bottom of the image and then dragging it as per your requirement.

==== Hyperlinking files and web links ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Adding hyperlinks">
File:Freeplane4_inserting_hyperlink.png|Node with a hyperlink
File:Freeplane3_inserting_hyperlink.png|Linking to resources on the internet
</gallery>
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px">
File:Freeplanelinkfile.png|Linking to resources on the computer
</gallery>
# In the first image, did you notice the red arrow in the root node of our concept map? This main node has a hyper-link which opens the Wikipedia page on digital story telling. You can embed a hyper-link on a node, such that clicking on the node can connect to related resources. In our Learning Digital Story Telling .mm concept map, we have inserted a hyper-link for the main node ‘Learning Digital Story Telling’.
# To do this Move your cursor to this node and select "Edit --> Link --> Add or Modify hyperlink" (type). You can also use the keyboard short cut CTRL-K. Freeplane will open an input bar as shown in the second image. We will type in our web page address ''https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_storytelling'' into this input bar.
# You can also add a hyperlink to a local file on your computer. If you select When you click on "Edit-->Link-->Add Hyperlink" (choose) allows you to link to a file on a folder on your computer. The third image shows how to choose a file from your folders to link.

==== Adding different shapes to the node ====
In Freeplane node need not be a plain one. Node and its content can be well customized with different shapes. Generally we call it as Cloud. A cloud covers the entire area of a node and its contents and can take shape like Arc, Star, Rectangle etc.<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px">
File:Insert cloud FP.png|Inserting cloud to the node
File:Node Core properties.png|Node core properties
</gallery>
* The nodes can be designed in variety of attractive ways and we can also customize it according to our needs.
* To do that, Select the particular node for which the cloud properties need to be customized.
* Go to "Insert--> Cloud". Select the style of cloud you want.
* You can also change the cloud color.
* Some of the properties for a node can be changed in Format menu such as style, look etc. For this, Go to "Format--> Node core". Choose the various properties and make your map attractive.
{{Clear}}
====Saving and exporting====
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the "File --> Save" command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of contents. Freeplane saves files with a .mm extension. You can also export a concept map to image (png or jpeg), text (odt and html) and pdf formats.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250">
File:Freeplane saving file.png|Saving the Map
File:Freeplane exporting file.png|Exporting the Map
</gallery>

* By default your concept map is saved by Freeplane as a '.mm' format file as shown in the first image. While saving the file, Freeplane will display the file browser, to allow you to select the folder in which you can save your file. By default, the file is saved in your home folder
{{Note}} If you save the Map in .odt format all the content in your map will appear as table of contents. The Main node will be the name of the chapter, sub nodes will be the sub points and so on. Whenever it is required to print the map as it is then better option will be to export it in .pdf extension.

Like other softwares, Freeplane also contains keyboard shortcuts which makes our work much simpler. For such short [https://freeplane.sourceforge.io/doc/FP_Key_Mappings_Quick_Guide.pdf Shortcut keys]

=== Advanced Features ===

==== Typing in regional language in concept map ====
To type any Indian regional languages in your concept map, you need to download and install the Sakal Bharati font '''[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1GD8Dj0zKzd7aujcZitjDFRhXnNSlAek6/view?usp=sharing from this link]''' (after your download, double click on the downloaded "SakalBharati.ttf" file, click on install font to install the font in your computer). Now, configure SakalBharathi as the default font in your Freeplane tool. Open a Freeplane tool, Goto "Format --> Manage styles --> Edit Styles". This will open a concept map standard template (like in below gif).

<gallery mode="packed" heights="350">
File:Configure sakal bharati dafault.gif|Configuring the Sakal Bharati font 
</gallery>
# From the Menubar, Goto "Navigate -> click all visible nodes".
# Now on the right-side properties window go to "Font of whole core", Font family select "Sakal Bharati font".
# After you configure, click on the right mark (green colour) on the top left window.
# Now you just close and reopen concept map to see the Sakal Bharati is your default font.
Now, you should able to type regional languages in your concept map using Sakal Bharati font. {{Note}} After installing the font in your computer, If you are not able to configure Sakal Bharati as a default font. You can follow below steps to type regional language at one time. <gallery mode="packed" heights="350">
File:Regional language typing.gif|Regional Language typing 
</gallery>
Open Freeplane, select the node where you want to type, change the font from sans serif to Sakal Bharati from the font list on top. Now, you can type any Indian regional language in the node. For every new node before typing, you have to select Sakal Bharati font and type.

===== Inserting Icons to the map =====
[[File:Freeplane Icons.png|thumb|Example of Icons in Freeplane]]
Icons are special symbols which makes the map more attractive and understanding. User can include variety of Icons to the Node or data just to give a hint to the viewer about its background. For example, you want to set a reminder for a particular item in the map. In this case you can put a symbol to make the viewer understand its status. To insert Icon to the map, click on node to which the Icon need to be placed --> Insert --> Icons --> Icons by Table.

===== Blinking nodes =====
You can make a particular node to blink in Freeplane. Blinking simply highlights the things with various colors. To do this, you can select any Node to which the effect should apply --> Format --> Node core --> Tick 'Blinking Node'.

===Ideas for resource creation===
Freeplane a good tool to start your resource creation work. You should develop a concept map for the topic you want to develop a resource on. The ideas you have about the topic, the sequencing of ideas and sub concepts, the specific points for each idea / sub-concept can be developed on the map. Links between nodes, with web pages, notes explaining concepts can all be inserted in the concept map. The power of the digital concept map is that you can keep revising the nodes, adding and deleting, moving and copying nodes as you want. This makes the process quite dynamic.

Once you have completed your concept map you can share it with your colleagues for feedback with which you can refine the concept map still further. Even it is easier to share when the map is exported as a PDF (.pdf) or an image (.png) file.

'''Exporting a concept map to a document for further fleshing out'''

The advantage of a concept map is that you can categorize and arrange your thinking the way you want to. You can enter detailed notes for any node. When you export it to a ODT, you can see this as a document, with the 'note' information being the text in the note, and all the nodes will become headings. This way you can even write a document using Freeplane. Use this whenever you are writing an essay or an article or a paper

{{Note}} Before exporting it into ODT you should format freeplane file to automatic layout for all nodes. To do this follow this step. "Go to Format-> Automatic Layout-> for all nodes" and select it. This will format nodes to headings, child nodes to sub headings and notes to text source.
===Frequently Asked Questions===

'''I am unable to open Freeplane on my system'''

It is to be noted that Freeplane requires latest version of Java to be present in your system. Sometimes the issue can also be because you are trying to install Freeplane with a latest version but Java is obsolete or even vice versa. So make sure that you have the latest version of Java in your system. If not, click on this link to download the latest version of Java. To check the version of Java installed on your system, Open Command prompt or Terminal and type "java -version" and press Enter.

'''After upload/share my concept map on the Internet, inserted Images are not displaying'''

When you insert an image into your concept map, you do not actually 'save' the image inside the concept map. Freeplane will only store the 'path' information, that is the location of the image file on your computer. Now when you mail the concept map to someone else or upload it on a web page, the image is not shared along with the concept map. When the map is opened by another person, Freeplane will try to locate the image again in the same location as it is in your computer, and will fail to find it. Hence, the image will not appear.

One way of not facing this problem would be to hyperlink to an image on the web/internet. In which case when you click on the link, Freeplane will try to get the image from the web, and if there is connectivity you will be able to access the image. Hence, the images not appearing subsequently is not a problem.

'''I am unable to edit the map in any way, what can I do?'''

When you unable to do anything on the map, you will be inside the 'View Mode'. Kindly change it to 'Edit mode', so that you can edit the map. To do this, Click on "Maps-->Edit Mode".

'''I am getting a pop window with some version ?'''

Click on OK to get the new concept map, The standard version is 1.6 mm.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="150px">
File:Freeplane_standerd_template.png|Standerd template version is 1.6 mm
File:Freeplane_template_options.png|Other template options
</gallery>

'''I am getting the example/another concept map when I open Freenplane to create a map?'''

Click on File→New map to create new file.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:How_to_get_new_map_when_i_get_other_map_or_example_map.png
</gallery>

'''How to move node or sub-child Left/Right, Up/Down?'''

Select and use Ctrl+left/right keys to move node left/right and Ctrl+up/down to move nodes up/down.
<gallery mode="packed" widgth="350px">
File:How_to_move_node_up_down_right_left.gif|
</gallery>
'''How to move sub-child Up/Down?'''

Select and use Ctrl+up/down to move nodes.
<gallery mode="packed" widgth="350px">
File:How_to_move_sub_child_node_up_down_right_left.gif
</gallery>
'''When I Hit Insert key not able to create sub-child (sub-node or child node) node?'''

Tab key is another option to create sub-child (sub-node or child node) node.

'''I am not finding the Note window, hyperlink,node?'''

In new version of Freeplane you need to Right click and you will get edit option in which you find the option Note window, hyperlink, link node.

'''How to zoom in/out the concept map?'''

Click on white space in the map and then use Ctrl+scroll on mouse (or) you will find the percentage icon on the top menu bar you can click on this and increase or decrease the value .
<gallery mode="packed" width="450px">
File:Zoom_option_in_percentage_in_freeplane.png
</gallery>
'''I am not getting the Emoji where do I get?'''

You will have a arrow icon on the left side of your freeplane window, click on it you will get the Emoji.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:How_to_open_the_emoji.gif
</gallery>
'''I am not finding the Tool or Menu bar?'''

Right click on the white space you will get option where Menu and Tool bar is unticked you need to tick it to enable.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:How_to_enable_menu_bar_and_tool_bar.gif
</gallery>
'''I am not able to click on the link/note which I have inserted after the export to PDF or Image?'''

Exporting to PDF or Image is not Dynamic, its a Static page/Image so you will not be able to click the link or see the note window

'''Which version of java need to be installed to run freeplane?'''

Freeplane need requires Java 11 to 17 to be installed.

'''Where can I get all the shortcut keys?'''

Click on Help(menu bar)→Key-reference to know the shortcut keys.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:Short_cut_keys.png
</gallery>
'''Can I resize the embedded images size?'''

Yes you can resize your Image, when you take your cursor on the bottom right of the image the arrow cursor get changes , now click and drag up(smaller size) and down(Large size) to resize the image according to your need.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:How_to_increase_or_discrease_the_size_of_the_image.gif
</gallery>
'''How to update/remove inserted hyperlinks?'''

You need to right click on the link, go to link→ Add or modify the link →delete the link. This will remove your inserted hyperlink.

'''Can I embed video and audio files to the concept map?'''

No we can’t embed Video or audio files to concept map, But you can hyperlink the local file path so that you can open it by clicking the link when presenting it.

===References===
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freeplane Wikipedia] [https://www.freeplane.org/wiki/index.php/Main_Page Freeplane website]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn GIMP

2023-03-23T04:20:17Z

Rakesh: /* Installation */

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%9C%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%87%E0%B2%AE%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%9C%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%8E%E0%B2%A1%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]''
<div class="noprint" style="float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;">
{| cellspacing="0"
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]
| style="padding-left:2px;" | Go back to [[ICT student textbook]] [[ICT teacher handbook]]
|}</div>

==Introduction==

==== Basic information ====
{| class="wikitable"
|ICT Competency
|It is a tool for generic resource creation, used to edit images.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|GIMP can be used for multiple kind of image editing and it's a FOSS tool so there will no payment or subscription needed it can be used in education sector to teach children about image editing.
|-
|Version
|Version - 2.10.34
|-
|Configuration
|Its GIMP is part of the Ubuntu distribution. This can be opened from Applications → graphics → GIMP.
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://inkscape.org/ Inkscape]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.dandroidmobile.xgimp&hl=en_IN&gl=US xgimp]
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://www.gimp.org/ The GIMP Development Team]
|}

==Overview of Features==

*Tools used to perform image editing can be accessed via the toolbox, They include filters and brushes, as well as transformation, selection, layer and masking tools.
*GIMP selection tools include a rectangular and circular selection tool, free select tool.
*There are many tools that can be used for editing images in GIMP. The more common tools include a paint brush, pencil, airbrush, eraser and ink tools used to create new or blended pixels

== Installation ==

==== For Ubuntu OS ====

# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing GIMP on top search bar in Software Centre(App Grid).
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
## Open terminal by clicking Applications->System Tools->Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
## In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
## <code>sudo apt-get install gimp</code>

==== For Windows OS ====
# Download the gimp-xxxx-setup.exe file from [https://download.gimp.org/gimp/v2.10/windows/gimp-2.10.34-setup.exe '''this link'''] to your computer.
# Now go to '''Downloads''' folder or to the location where the GIMP downloaded file located
# '''Double-click''' on "gimp-2.xxxxx-setup.exe/dmg" file to begin the installation.
# Click '''Yes''' when prompted. This is required to install a new program (This indicates that you authorize the GIMP installer to make changes to your Windows system).
# '''Click '''Install'''.''' This performs a standard installation of GIMP with all the components.

==== For MAC OS ====

# Download the installation file from [https://download.gimp.org/gimp/v2.10/macos/gimp-2.10.34-x86_64.dmg this link].
# When the download is complete, find the downloaded .dmg file and double click on it and follow the above steps mentioned for windows.

=Working with the application=
==Functionalities==
{| class="wikitable
|-
| style="width: 50%;" |[[File:GIMP_1_Main_Window.png|200px]] [[File:Opening an image file using GIMP.png|300px]]
| style="width: 50%;" |[[File:GIMP_2_Select_Tool.png|200px]]
|-
| style="width: 50%;" |Step 1 - '''Open GIMP'''
# Select File → New → select which size want to edit image → OK
# If you didn't get side toolbox please click on Windows then click Tool box.
# Insert image – select File → Open → Select image. 
Alternatively, You can also open GIMP through image. Select image which you want to edit, and right click choose Open with > GIMP Image Editor. It will open with image to edit.
| style="width: 50%;" |Step 2 - '''Select Tools''' 
'''Rectangle select tool''' : Select a rectangular Tool 
'''Ellipse select tool''' : Select an elliptical region 
'''Free select tool''' : Select a hand-drawn region with free with polygonal segments
|-
| style="width: 50%;" |[[File:Crop to selection of an image, using GIMP.png|350px]]
| style="width: 50%;" |[[File:Scaling an image using GIMP.png|350px]]
|-
| style="width: 50%;" |Step 3 - '''Crop'''
Select the area that you would like to retain. The area can be extended or reduced by selecting one of the sides. Once your desired area is selected (the remaining area will turn grey or darker), then double click inside the desired area. The photo will be cropped to that size. 
The tool is used:
# To reduce the size of large images.
# To remove unnecessary areas in a photo.
| style="width: 50%;" |Step 4 - '''Scale''': Select the image. Go to the menu bar on top and click on the 'Image' option. Then click on 'Scale image...'This would show you options of 'width and height' along with 'X resolution' and 'Y resolution'. Enter in 72 pixels in both X and Y spaces. This would help reduce the file to a small size. 
The tool is used:
* To reduce resolution which helps in file size.
* To make photos for uploading on websites (should not be used for printing).
|-
| style="width: 50%;" |[[File:GIMP_5_Move.png|350px]]
| style="width: 50%;" |[[File:GIMP_6_Add_Text.png|200px]] [[File:Entering text on an image using GIMP.png|300px]]
|-
| style="width: 50%;" |Step 5 - '''Move''' After scaling an image, if you want to add another image to the frame, you would have to move the first image to the side. This can be done using the move tool. Select the move tool. Select the image. Click and drag to a suitable location. 
The tool is used:
* When there is more than one element in the window you are working on
| style="width: 50%;" |Step 6 - ''' Add Text''' Select the Text tool (a capital A). Now, drag the tool to were you want to insert text. A tiny box pops up. Type your text in the box. The size, colour, style of the text can be changed in the settings below the tool box. The length of the text box can be adjusted after you finishing typing your text by selecting the corners and dragging. The tool is used: To add a title or caption explaining the text is useful.

|}

==File formats for creation==

==Saving the file==
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE AS command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Its saving in '''.xcf'''

==Export and publishing files==
After your edits, final output file can be export from here by using the FILE – Export AS command. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. You can export the image to various formats, including .PNG .JPEG .JPG

==Advanced features==
#Customizable Interface- Each task requires a different environment and GIMP allows you to customize the view and behavior the way you like it. Starting from the widget theme, allowing you to change colors, widget spacing and icon sizes to custom tool sets in the toolbox.
#Photo Enhancement- Numerous digital photo imperfections can be easily compensated for using GIMP.

=Ideas for resource creation=
Modify pictures hight, width, size, etc and creating resources.

=References=
# [https://www.gimp.org/ GIMP Official Website]
# https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GIMP GIMP Wikipedia

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Diya Ghar

2023-03-21T04:55:26Z

Rakesh: /* Read more about this intervention */

== Context ==
Diya Ghar was started with an aim of creating a new normal for migrant children by giving preschool education for children of migrant workers. At the time of pandemic, Diya Ghar started recording video lessons and provided each child with learning kits. Diya Ghar transformed in-school Montessori learning to a community based model. A community classroom has been adopted which brought the school to the community.

== Socio-Economic Profile ==
DiyaGhar has been working with children and community members in settlements of migrant workers from Hebbal, Kalkere, Muneshwara Nagar, Ayyappa Nagar, Akshay Nagar, AlfaGardens,Banjara Layout, Horamavu, Hoodi Gardens, Dasarahalli, Amruthahalli.

== Strategies ==
* Preschool for Migrant Children
* Video lessons and learning kits for children
* Community classroom for preschool kids with all infrastructure facilities
* Hired and trained new community teachers with each classroom having two teachers
* Mid day meal program in the community classroom
* Dry ration kits to families
* Conducted regular health camps and distributed care kits to affected migrant families
* Parents awareness and education for meaningful engagement with their children

== Numbers Impacted ==
* 600+ Children in 11 community classrooms continue to learn and grow everyday
* 11 settlements and 11 community classrooms
* 610 students and 1100 older siblings get daily nutrition
* 76,500 families are provided with dry ration kits
== [https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/f/fe/DiyaGhar_NCEE_Template.odt Read more about this intervention] ==
[[Category:Karnataka]]
[[Category:Innovation Model]]

Bharat Gyan Vigyan Samiti (BGVS)

2023-03-21T04:54:32Z

Rakesh: /* Read more about this intervention */

=== Context ===
During August of 2020, the Government of Karnataka, based on recommendations by several organizations and experts initiated the Vidyagama program. At that point of time, teachers of Karnataka government schools who were involved in the people science movement started ''Vataara Shaale''s or neighbourhood schools to engage children from a locality in small groups.

===Socio-Economic Profile===
Children from rural areas of the districts of Gulbarga division.

===Strategies===
Teachers in a locality engaged with a group of children who were from the same community. Several strategies were used by the teachers, some distributed the activity sheets to the homes of the children, some sent it over Whatsapp, some spent time with the children everyday for a certain amount of time, developed activities that allow the teacher to assess the children using learning indicators, teachers also came up with project- based learning activities where a group of children from an area were given a task to do together, or some even did a consultation or collaboration with the children.

===Numbers Impacted===
In the 6 districts of Gulbarga division, there were around 33,000 Vataara Shaales that were running by August – September 2020.

===[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/b/b9/BGVS_Innovation_Model.pdf Read more about this intervention]===

[[Category:Innovation Model]]
[[Category:Karnataka]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2023-03-10T12:51:14Z

Rakesh: /* Workshop agenda */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the workshop===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the workshop ===
'''[https://teacher-network.in/limesurvey/index.php/919658?lang=en Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Workshop agenda===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Timing'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|9.45 - 10.15
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop page and get familiar with agenda
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.15 - 11.00
|Get a familiar with Audio recording tools
|
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
#Go through Audacity tools interface to get familiar with it
#Use record options to record audio on Audacity tool
#Go through a checklist of recording a quality audio
#Move/import audio files from phone or other devices to the system
#save your audio files as "project file"
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audacity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|[[Learn Audacity]] and [https://soundcloud.com/ Learn Soundcloud]
[[Learn Soundcloud|Soundcloud Handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}

===Workshop Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Audio_OER_by_Teachers To check the audio resources created by participated teachers Click here]

===Assignment and feedback===

* At the end of the workshop submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform here]
* [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here] to submit your feedback about this workshop

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio Resource Creation for Language Teaching - RIESI

2023-01-19T11:40:14Z

Rakesh: /* Registration for the course */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an online course on “Audio resources creation for language teaching” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT programs of RIESI, Bengaluru. The course is based on the '''National ICT curriculum''' theme “'''Creating with ICT'''”.
=== Objectives of the course===
# To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
# To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
# To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
# To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the course ===
'''[https://teacher-network.in/limesurvey/index.php/919658?lang=en Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Requirements from the participants===
#All the participants '''should have a computer''' (desktop or laptop) along with a good mic + speaker (headphones).
#'''Audacity application must be installed on the computer''' ([[Learn Audacity#Installation|'''click here''']] for the installation instructions).
#Good internet connection to join the webinar sessions.
#
===Join the webinar sessions===
# Webinar sessions dates: March 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th.
# The sessions timings: Evening from 6 pm to 7:30 pm.
# Webinar link to join the session:

=== Agenda of the course ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Webinars'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|Webinar session 1
|Role of Audio in Language Teaching Learning
|
# Introduction to the workshop and agenda explanations
# Helping participants to install Audacity software in their computers
# Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
# 4. Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
# Participants will choose one topic to create audio.
| - [[Learn Audacity|Learn Audacity handout]]
and

- [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSff7Mu3ezMZGQK2jt6Bt9ZY3BSnSCb2-_prXBKtC8XQ9zMKVA/viewform Fill this form, with your topic for audio resource creation in the course]
|-
|Webinar session 2
|
# Using different applications for audio recording
# Understanding the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
# Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and the audio files.
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
# Go through OER audio repositories to access and download it to your device
|[[Learn Audacity|Learn Audacity handout]]
|-
|Webinar session 3
|
# Effectiveness of adding audio effects
# Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
# Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
# Use Silence, pitch change and features
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity|Learn Audacity handout]]
|-
|Webinar session 4
|
# Using an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
# Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
# Publish created audio's on the web.
|
# Fade in/out, echo to adjust the audio -voice modulation
# Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
# To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
# Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
# Go through the course assignment requirements.
|[[Learn Audacity|Learn Audacity handout]]
and

[[Learn Soundcloud|SoundCloud]] [[Learn Soundcloud|handout]]
|}

===Course Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]
====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Audio_OER_by_Teachers To check the audio resources created by participated teachers Click here]

===Course assignment from the participants===
As part of the course completion, each participant needs to be created an audio resource, on their selected topic (poem or prose or any other resource) and these audio resources need to be submitted as an assignment.<blockquote>[https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform '''Click here'''] '''to submit your created audio file'''</blockquote>''Only participants who successfully complete the course by submitting their audio resources through the above link will get a certificate of completion from RIESI and IT for Change.''

===Course feedback===
To fill the course feedback form, [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
[[Category:Course]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-12-23T10:37:24Z

Rakesh:

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the workshop===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the workshop ===
'''[https://teacher-network.in/limesurvey/index.php/919658?lang=en Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Workshop agenda===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Timing'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop page and get familiar with agenda
#Listen to some audio resources - Karadi Tales, other teachers audio files
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|Get a familiar with Audio recording tools
|
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
#Go through Audacity tools interface to get familiar with it
#Use record options to record audio on Audacity tool
#Go through a checklist of recording a quality audio
#Move/import audio files from phone or other devices to the system
#save your audio files as "project file"
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audacity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|[[Learn Audacity]] and [https://soundcloud.com/ Learn Soundcloud]
[[Learn Soundcloud|Soundcloud Handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}

===Workshop Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Audio_OER_by_Teachers To check the audio resources created by participated teachers Click here]

===Assignment and feedback===

* At the end of the workshop submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform here]
* [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here] to submit your feedback about this workshop

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-12-23T09:12:10Z

Rakesh: /* Assignment and feedback */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the workshop===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the workshop ===
'''[https://teacher-network.in/limesurvey/index.php/919658?lang=en Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Workshop agenda===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Timing'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audacity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|[[Learn Audacity]] and [https://soundcloud.com/ Learn Soundcloud]
[[Learn Soundcloud|Soundcloud Handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}

===Workshop Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Audio_OER_by_Teachers To check the audio resources created by participated teachers Click here]

===Assignment and feedback===

* At the end of the workshop submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform here]
* [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here] to submit your feedback about this workshop

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-11-17T05:19:59Z

Rakesh: /* Registration for the workshop */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the workshop===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the workshop ===
'''[https://teacher-network.in/limesurvey/index.php/919658?lang=en Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Workshop agenda===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Timing'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audacity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|[[Learn Audacity]] and [https://soundcloud.com/ Learn Soundcloud]
[[Learn Soundcloud|Soundcloud Handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}

===Workshop Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Audio_OER_by_Teachers To check the audio resources created by participated teachers Click here]

===Assignment and feedback===
'''To submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform click here]'''

To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Explore an application

2022-09-26T09:09:29Z

Rakesh:

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%97:%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B3%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]'' [https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%85%E0%A4%A8%E0%A5%81%E0%A4%AA%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%AF%E0%A5%8B%E0%A4%97_%E0%A4%95%E0%A4%BE_%E0%A4%85%E0%A4%A8%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B5%E0%A5%87%E0%A4%B7%E0%A4%A3 हिंदी]

{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.

This page gives you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.

You can learn every tool as and when you require its functions. You can also independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many applications, which you may learn at your pace and inclination! }}
{| class="wikitable"
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]

[[Learn Ubuntu]]

[[Learn Tux Typing]]

[[Learn Tux Paint]]

[[Learn Image Viewer]]

[[Learn VLC Player]]
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}
[[Learn Firefox]]

[[Learn Thunderbird]]

[[Learn Moodle]]

[[Learn BigBlueButton]]

|-
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]]

[[Learn Freeplane]]

[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]]

[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]]

[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]

[[Learn LibreOffice Math]]

[[Learn PDF Shuffler]]

[[Learn Okular]]

|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]]

[[Learn Kolor Paint]]

[[Learn MyPaint]]

[[Learn Tupi]]

[[Learn GIMP]]

[[Learn Inkscape]]

[[Learn Sozi]]

|-
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]]

[[Learn H5P]]

[[Learn VokoscreenNG|Learn Vokoscreen]]

[[Learn Kdenlive]]

[[Learn Kazam]]

[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]]

[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Learn_Robo-compass Learn Robo-comp] [https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Learn_Robo-compass as]#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Learn_Robo-compass s]

[[Learn TurtleBlocks]]

[[Learn PhET]]

[[Learn Stellarium]]

[[Learn Kalzium]]

[[Learn Avogadro]]

[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]]

|-
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]]

[[Learn KGeography]]

[[Learn KLetters]]

[[Learn KWordquiz]]

[[Learn Kanagram]]

[[Learn Translators]]

[[Learn Dictionaries]]

[[Learn OSM]]
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] #

[[Learn Google Photos]] #

[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]]

[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive #]]

[[Learn Youtube]] #

[[Learn Vimeo]] #

[[Learn Yourlisten]]

[[Learn Soundcloud]]

[[Learn Slideshare]]

[[Learn Geogebratube]]

[[Learn Mediawiki]]
|}
<nowiki>#</nowiki> - not Free and Open Source.

=== Navigating across the applications ===
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore

Each of the nodes in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning. "Click to Learn" on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!

Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]

=== Teachers toolkit ===
You can refer to the '[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers' toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]', to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.
[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Firefox

2022-08-25T10:12:46Z

Rakesh: /* Using Bookmark feature to save useful webpages links */

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%AB%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]''

[https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%AB%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%AF%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%AB%E0%A5%89%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%8F हिंदी में देखें]

===Introduction===
Mozilla Firefox (or simply Firefox) is a free and open-source web browser developed by the Mozilla Foundation and its subsidiary. Firefox is available for Linux, Windows and Mac OS operating systems; Firefox is also available for smartphones. It provides an interface between the server and the client and requests to the server for web documents and services to the client machines.

====Basic information====
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|ICT Competency
|Firefox is a free and open-source web browser for connecting and learning.
It is web browser (or ''Internet browser)'' to browse information and resources from the web.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Accessing resources from the web for one's learning as a global digital library is one of the most important advantages of ICT. A browser is essential for accessing Information, downloading resources or participating in the virtual platforms on the web.
|-
|Version
|Firefox 100.0.2
|-
|Configuration
|No need to configure, its a web based application and need internet connection to browse.
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://www.chromium.org/getting-involved/download-chromium/ Chromium], [https://brave.com/ Brave]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://mozilla.org/firefox Mozilla Foundation and contributors - Mozilla Corporation]
|}

====Overview of Features====
When we need any kind of information, digital resources or virtual support from the others or participating in the virtual platform, essentially we need to connect Internet/web. To connect to internet or web, we need web a software and that is web browser. Firefox is one of the most popular web browser which gives more stable and useful functionalities to connect to web.

For more detail visit [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Features_of_Firefox this link]

====Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu Computer =====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution and any Linux based OS.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing <code>Firefox</code> on top search bar in Software Center.
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking "Applications --> System Tools --> Terminal" or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type the below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install firefox</code>
=====For Windows computer=====

* Visit this <nowiki/>[https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/windows/ Mozilla Firefox]<nowiki/> page in any other browser such as Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome.
* '''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''Click the '''<nowiki/> "'''Download Now'''<nowiki/>'''" button.The Firefox Installer that downloads will automatically offer you the best available version of Firefox for your compute'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''r.'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''

*'''<nowiki/> '''If yo'''<nowiki/>'''u see an secu''<nowiki/>''rity Warning dialog, '''<nowiki/>'''click'''<nowiki/>''' "Op''<nowiki/>''en" or "Run" ('''<nowiki/>'''see below images)
*'''<nowiki/>'''The ''' "<nowiki/>'''User Account ''<nowiki/>''Control" dialog may o'''<nowiki/>'''pen, '''<nowiki/>'''to a''<nowiki/>''sk you to allo'''<nowiki/>'''w the ''Firefox Installer '' to make changes to your computer. If the below dialog box appears, click ''' "'''YES" to start the installation.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Mozilla security warning.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'Open''''
File:Mozilla User Account Control.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'YES'''' to start the installation
</gallery>
*
*Wait'''<nowiki/>''' for "'''<nowiki/>'''Firefox" to fini'''<nowiki/>'''sh the installation (In ''<nowiki/>''windows search bar''<nowiki/>'', type firefox and click to open)
*When'''<nowiki/>''' the installati''<nowiki/>''on is c'''<nowiki/>'''omplete'''<nowiki/>''' "Fi''<nowiki/>''r'''<nowiki/>'''efox" will open.<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Mozilla firefox - Finishing the installation">
File:Mozilla finishing installtion.png|Finishing the installation
File:Mozilla working with the app.png|Finished Installation
</gallery>
'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''''<nowiki/><nowiki/>'''''<nowiki/><nowiki/>'''

Watch this video tutorial on Firefox installation on Windows computer 
{{#widget:YouTube|id=hm6gVPathWY|height=354|width=600}}
 

===Working with the application===

====Opening and accessing Firefox====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Mozilla Opening through MENU.png|Opening Firefox in ubuntu
File:Opening firefox in windows.png|Opening Firefox in windows
File:Mozilla Opening & accessing the browser.png|thumb|The menu bar in Firefox
</gallery>

* Mozilla Firefox will appear under "Applications --> Internet -->Firefox Web Browser".
* Main page will look like the third image. If you know the web address you can type it in the address bar. Ex; http://www.upsc.gov.in

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px">
File:Mozilla searching resources.png|Searching resources
File:Mozilla browsing information.png|Browsing information
</gallery>

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:New Firefox menu.png| Firefox features
</gallery>

#As shown in the firefox features
##Go back to previous visited page using this button
##Go to browser home page
##New tab is used to search multiple web pages in a browser
##Once you download any file click on this button to check access your download
##Bookmarks menu is available from here
##Application menu can be accessed using this button
##Click on settings button to change browser settings
#If you don’t know the particular web address, you can type the key word of searching object Ex: UPSC. you can search not only for text, but also for images, videos using search engine. In Google search engine (there are also other search engines like DuckDuckgo, Wikipedia etc), the search results has options for searching the web, or images or videos. You can download the file (video, text file, image file) to your computer. Check if the copyright of the file allows to copy and use.
#The search results will appear like in the third image. You can click on the links to access the information retrieved.
Tabs allow you to open and organize multiple websites inside a single Firefox window. This keeps your screen from getting filled fully and makes it easy to switch between sites.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Opening and closing tabs in firefox">
File:Tab in firefox.png|Open new tab in firefox
File:Close tabs.png|Close tab
</gallery>As indicated in the image above, '+' option lets you to open a new tab. Alternatively you can press "Ctrl+T" to open the new tab and to close any particular tab click on 'X' mark on the side of the tab indicates, alternatively you can press "Ctrl+W" on the keyboard.

Opening a new tabs is very useful feature when you searched for a topic and not sure the result link might end up your search. In such case you can right click on that link and click on "Open in a new tab", just to avoid going back to the searched result in the same page.

==== Changing browser default homepage ====
Set your favorite/most accessible website as your homepage so you can see it every time you open Firefox.
# Click the menu button at the top-right corner of the browser, then Settings
# Click "General", Click on the box next to "Homepage and new windows''"'' and choose "custom URLs" from the drop-down menu (see the below gif).
# Enter a URL which you want to make it default home page (example: https://duckduckgo.com) in new window and tabs.
# Close your browser and open your browser to apply the changes you have done.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - change browser default homepage">
File:change browser default homepage.gif| change browser default homepage
File:Firefox Settings.png| Firefox settings
</gallery>

====Default Search Engine====
Search engine produces the number of results for any topics that you search for. In Firefox you can set particular search engine as your default one so that whenever you search for a particular topic, it would redirect you to the search result in accordance to that default search engine. Try to use search engine which will not share your data to the public or for the commercial purpose. You can use DuckDuckGo search engine. DuckDuckGo does not store IP addresses or user information. Billed as the search engine that doesn't track you, DuckDuckGo processes around 1.5 billion searches every month.

To do this, click on "Settings in the firefox browser --> Click Search tab on left --> In the Default Search Engine option choose the required search engine".

==== Customize toolbar ====
Firefox's toolbar provides easy access to common features. The toolbar is easy to customize. You can change the items that appear in the menu or your toolbar. Click the "Menu" button , click "More Tools" and choose "Customize Toolbar".

A special tab will open which allows you to drag and drop items in or out of the menu and the toolbar. Feel free to experiment with what works best for you. You can always start over by clicking the Restore Defaults button at the bottom of the screen.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Customize toolbar">
File:Customize toolbar.png
</gallery>

====Searching Image resources ====
* You can search and download the images from Firefox web browser.
* For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling you can follow these steps.
# Simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine.
# Select "Images" tab from the top tab of the search engine.
# If you want to download or save images to your computer, click on the images and once it open on the right side of the window, right click on the image and click on "Save image as".
# Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from web">
File:Mozilla searching text resources.png|Searching image resources
</gallery>

===== Access and Download OER images from web =====
All the content which are available on internet need not be open. Open in the sense of accessing and using the resources. Some of them could be copyrighted. Therefore, you need to be careful while accessing some particular content in the internet.

OER stands for Open Educational Resources, that are open to public for using, changing, reproducing and publishing the reproduced content. This is applicable for text, image and audio or video.
# You can search for OER images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ link.
# Click on "Tools". Here you can work with various filtering options such as size, color, type, time, usage rights.
# Under usage rights select creative commons licenses to filter OER images
If you want to download or save images to your computer, right click on the image and click on "Save image as". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.

{{Note}} Filtering the images makes your search more optimized. For example you need a picture of planet Earth, but your color preference is Orange not Blue. In such case you can click on "Tools --> Color --> Pick up the color Orange".
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for OER image resources from the INTERNET">
File:Image Filter.png|Filter OER Images
File:Save image as.png|Save image resources
</gallery>

==== Access and download text resources from web ====
You could look for text information by simply typing the key word of your searching content, In the below image ''(Image1)'' you can see text information accessed for "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching images.png|Searching text resources
File:Save page as HTML.png| Save in HTML format
File:Save as PDF.png| Save as PDF
</gallery>
[[File:Screenshot in Firefox.png|none|thumb|400x400px]]
You can save webpages in 3 formats to use in offline mode without the need of having internet connection.
# Save as HTML: If you are looking to save any webpage in HTML format for your offline use, right click on the "webpage" and click on "Save page as" and select a folder where you want to save this file and click on "Save". Videos in the webpage will not be loaded in HTML format.
# Save as PDF: If you are looking to save any webpage in PDF format for your offline use, Click on "Application" menu and goto "Print" and select "Save as PDF" to save your file. Please note that video content will not work in this format. This format is specifically used for sharing the content or to take the print out of the text.
# Save the screenshot : This is a special feature on Firefox that saves the required data as per your needs.
## Full Page: If you need the entire webpage but need it to be as an image then you can select the Full page option in the screenshot. Although the image looks very small the original clarity will not be affected so that you can zoom the image and get the clarity as in the original format.
## Visible : If you want only the visible thing on the webpage to be captured as an image then you can select the option visible.
## Area : If you are looking for a particular area of data in a webpage then you can drag the cursor to the area which needs to be captured.

====Access and download videos from YouTube ====

===== Using computer =====
YouTube is the largest video repository we have on internet. The videos can be watched on YouTube by simply going to the URL of youtube, that is "www.youtube.com" and on the search bar searching the content which is relevant to you. Once you search your topic you would get a list of result from various YouTube channels.

Immediately below the the search result you can find the filter option where you can filter out only the things you require. There is an option "Creative Commons" which allows you to freely download the videos of OER content that can further be modified and used according to the user needs.

The following animation will teach you how to use the "ss" prefix to easily download YouTube videos:

[[File:download youtube videos _2021-06-16 16-51.gif]]

# Go to your browser and find the video you want to download from YouTube.
# Click a video to play it, then pause it.
# Navigate to the video URL, add "ss" before "youtube.com ..." and press Enter.
# You will be redirected to another page where you can save the video.
# This page is the parent site of ssyoutube.com known as savefrom.net.
# You will find out information such as duration, title of the video, and also get a download link.
# To the right of the green download icon, you will see a drop-down menu. Click on it and select the format in which you want to download the video (with or without sound).
{{Note}} To download OER videos from the internet you can follow these steps:
# Go to Youtube website and search for your required video.
# Click on "Filters" option.
# You can explore various filtering options available such as upload date, type, duration, features, sort by. In case of OER videos, click on "Creative Commons" under the "Features" category.
# It filters and displays only the OER videos

===== Using Mobile phone =====
[[File:download youtube videos .gif]]

====Using Bookmark feature to save useful webpages links====

All modern web browsers include bookmark features. Bookmarks are also called "Favorites". You can use this features to store all your website links within the firefox browser. This will help you to access these links when required.

To add any links to the bookmark section, Go to "Menu Bar" and click the bookmarks and click on "Add this to bookmarks" to save the current page as a bookmark. By default, new bookmarks are saved to the Unsorted bookmarks folder. If you want separate folder, you can also create as per our requirements.

To enable bookmark : Right clicking on the free tab space of the browser like shown in the below screenshot.

In Bookmark menu You can add name to the bookmark, Add location where to save it and also you can give tags so that it will be easy to search web pages.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to make bookmark">
File:Bookmark in firefox.png| Click on * to bookmark any web page
File:Menu Bookmark toolbar.png| Bookmark menu
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Using History feature to revisit the webpages ====
Firefox keeps track of the websites you visit in your browsing sessions.

To view your browsing history:
# Click on the "Application" menu button to open the menu panel. Click "History" and then click the "Manage History" bar at the bottom to open the Library window.The Library window that opens when you click the Manage History bar will show your browsing history.
# Left side pane shows you the time of the access and corresponding right side pane shows the detailed description of the webpage you visited those respective time. Therefore, if you have visited a page on a particular day but you are unaware of the URL, you can just choose the History date and can refer the page.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Browsing history in firefox">
File:History in firefox.png|History
File:Manage History.png| Manage History
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Accessing downloaded files ====
By default in firefox browser the download path or download folder is downloads folder in your computer (means if you download any resource from the internet it is saved in downloads folder). You can locate the downloaded files from that folder. 
Suppose if you want to change the download path settings then click on application menu at the top right side of the screen and go to settings ("Application menu --> Settings --> General section --> Files and Applications"). You will get two options here, one is to "Save files to where you can browse your folder" and set the download path and another is to "Always ask you where to save files" using which you can save files to the selected folders.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Downloads in firefox">
File:Firefox downloads.png| Downloads
File:Change download settings.png| Change download settings
</gallery>

===== '''Keyboard Shortcuts''' =====
Shortcuts help us to do our work much faster, you can access all the Firefox browser shortcut keys from [https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/kb/keyboard-shortcuts-perform-firefox-tasks-quickly this link]

Ctrl++ Zoom-in

Ctrl-- Zoom out

Ctrl+F Find

Ctrl+C Copy

Ctrl+X Cut

Ctrl+V Paste

Ctrl+H History

Ctrl+Z Undo

Ctrl+D Bookmark webpage

===Advanced features===
- Open Source : Firefox is the only open source Web browser among the most used browsers on the Web as of March 2013. The open source nature of Firefox enables developers from all over the world to contribute code to the browser and extend the functionality of Firefox with add-ons and themes.

- Add-ons : Firefox is one of the most easily customized browsers, thanks to its extensive library of add-ons. Add-ons are small bits of code that can extend the functionality of Firefox in an almost infinite number of ways. You can customize your browser with a couple of addons that makes your browser more rich and advanced.

For example, you can block the advertisements that disturb your work while surfing on internet by embedding an addon called Adblocker Ultimate.

- Security : Firefox features a number of tools designed to prevent malicious websites from causing harm.

- Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].

===Ideas for resource creation===
From the web browser, we can easily download whatever we want related to the subject (text,audio-video)

===References===
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefox Wikipedia]

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_browser Browser]

[https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/ Firefox]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Firefox

2022-08-25T08:15:35Z

Rakesh: /* For Ubuntu Computer */

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%AB%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]''

[https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%AB%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%AF%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%AB%E0%A5%89%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%8F हिंदी में देखें]

===Introduction===
Mozilla Firefox (or simply Firefox) is a free and open-source web browser developed by the Mozilla Foundation and its subsidiary. Firefox is available for Linux, Windows and Mac OS operating systems; Firefox is also available for smartphones. It provides an interface between the server and the client and requests to the server for web documents and services to the client machines.

====Basic information====
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|ICT Competency
|Firefox is a free and open-source web browser for connecting and learning.
It is web browser (or ''Internet browser)'' to browse information and resources from the web.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Accessing resources from the web for one's learning as a global digital library is one of the most important advantages of ICT. A browser is essential for accessing Information, downloading resources or participating in the virtual platforms on the web.
|-
|Version
|Firefox 100.0.2
|-
|Configuration
|No need to configure, its a web based application and need internet connection to browse.
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://www.chromium.org/getting-involved/download-chromium/ Chromium], [https://brave.com/ Brave]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://mozilla.org/firefox Mozilla Foundation and contributors - Mozilla Corporation]
|}

====Overview of Features====
When we need any kind of information, digital resources or virtual support from the others or participating in the virtual platform, essentially we need to connect Internet/web. To connect to internet or web, we need web a software and that is web browser. Firefox is one of the most popular web browser which gives more stable and useful functionalities to connect to web.

For more detail visit [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Features_of_Firefox this link]

====Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu Computer =====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution and any Linux based OS.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing <code>Firefox</code> on top search bar in Software Center.
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking "Applications --> System Tools --> Terminal" or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type the below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install firefox</code>
=====For Windows computer=====

* Visit this <nowiki/>[https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/windows/ Mozilla Firefox]<nowiki/> page in any other browser such as Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome.
* '''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''Click the '''<nowiki/> "'''Download Now'''<nowiki/>'''" button.The Firefox Installer that downloads will automatically offer you the best available version of Firefox for your compute'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''r.'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''

*'''<nowiki/> '''If yo'''<nowiki/>'''u see an secu''<nowiki/>''rity Warning dialog, '''<nowiki/>'''click'''<nowiki/>''' "Op''<nowiki/>''en" or "Run" ('''<nowiki/>'''see below images)
*'''<nowiki/>'''The ''' "<nowiki/>'''User Account ''<nowiki/>''Control" dialog may o'''<nowiki/>'''pen, '''<nowiki/>'''to a''<nowiki/>''sk you to allo'''<nowiki/>'''w the ''Firefox Installer '' to make changes to your computer. If the below dialog box appears, click ''' "'''YES" to start the installation.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Mozilla security warning.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'Open''''
File:Mozilla User Account Control.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'YES'''' to start the installation
</gallery>
*
*Wait'''<nowiki/>''' for "'''<nowiki/>'''Firefox" to fini'''<nowiki/>'''sh the installation (In ''<nowiki/>''windows search bar''<nowiki/>'', type firefox and click to open)
*When'''<nowiki/>''' the installati''<nowiki/>''on is c'''<nowiki/>'''omplete'''<nowiki/>''' "Fi''<nowiki/>''r'''<nowiki/>'''efox" will open.<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Mozilla firefox - Finishing the installation">
File:Mozilla finishing installtion.png|Finishing the installation
File:Mozilla working with the app.png|Finished Installation
</gallery>
'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''''<nowiki/><nowiki/>'''''<nowiki/><nowiki/>'''

Watch this video tutorial on Firefox installation on Windows computer 
{{#widget:YouTube|id=hm6gVPathWY|height=354|width=600}}
 

===Working with the application===

====Opening and accessing Firefox====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Mozilla Opening through MENU.png|Opening Firefox in ubuntu
File:Opening firefox in windows.png|Opening Firefox in windows
File:Mozilla Opening & accessing the browser.png|thumb|The menu bar in Firefox
</gallery>

* Mozilla Firefox will appear under "Applications --> Internet -->Firefox Web Browser".
* Main page will look like the third image. If you know the web address you can type it in the address bar. Ex; http://www.upsc.gov.in

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px">
File:Mozilla searching resources.png|Searching resources
File:Mozilla browsing information.png|Browsing information
</gallery>

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:New Firefox menu.png| Firefox features
</gallery>

#As shown in the firefox features
##Go back to previous visited page using this button
##Go to browser home page
##New tab is used to search multiple web pages in a browser
##Once you download any file click on this button to check access your download
##Bookmarks menu is available from here
##Application menu can be accessed using this button
##Click on settings button to change browser settings
#If you don’t know the particular web address, you can type the key word of searching object Ex: UPSC. you can search not only for text, but also for images, videos using search engine. In Google search engine (there are also other search engines like DuckDuckgo, Wikipedia etc), the search results has options for searching the web, or images or videos. You can download the file (video, text file, image file) to your computer. Check if the copyright of the file allows to copy and use.
#The search results will appear like in the third image. You can click on the links to access the information retrieved.
Tabs allow you to open and organize multiple websites inside a single Firefox window. This keeps your screen from getting filled fully and makes it easy to switch between sites.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Opening and closing tabs in firefox">
File:Tab in firefox.png|Open new tab in firefox
File:Close tabs.png|Close tab
</gallery>As indicated in the image above, '+' option lets you to open a new tab. Alternatively you can press "Ctrl+T" to open the new tab and to close any particular tab click on 'X' mark on the side of the tab indicates, alternatively you can press "Ctrl+W" on the keyboard.

Opening a new tabs is very useful feature when you searched for a topic and not sure the result link might end up your search. In such case you can right click on that link and click on "Open in a new tab", just to avoid going back to the searched result in the same page.

==== Changing browser default homepage ====
Set your favorite/most accessible website as your homepage so you can see it every time you open Firefox.
# Click the menu button at the top-right corner of the browser, then Settings
# Click "General", Click on the box next to "Homepage and new windows''"'' and choose "custom URLs" from the drop-down menu (see the below gif).
# Enter a URL which you want to make it default home page (example: https://duckduckgo.com) in new window and tabs.
# Close your browser and open your browser to apply the changes you have done.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - change browser default homepage">
File:change browser default homepage.gif| change browser default homepage
File:Firefox Settings.png| Firefox settings
</gallery>

====Default Search Engine====
Search engine produces the number of results for any topics that you search for. In Firefox you can set particular search engine as your default one so that whenever you search for a particular topic, it would redirect you to the search result in accordance to that default search engine. Try to use search engine which will not share your data to the public or for the commercial purpose. You can use DuckDuckGo search engine. DuckDuckGo does not store IP addresses or user information. Billed as the search engine that doesn't track you, DuckDuckGo processes around 1.5 billion searches every month.

To do this, click on "Settings in the firefox browser --> Click Search tab on left --> In the Default Search Engine option choose the required search engine".

==== Customize toolbar ====
Firefox's toolbar provides easy access to common features. The toolbar is easy to customize. You can change the items that appear in the menu or your toolbar. Click the "Menu" button , click "More Tools" and choose "Customize Toolbar".

A special tab will open which allows you to drag and drop items in or out of the menu and the toolbar. Feel free to experiment with what works best for you. You can always start over by clicking the Restore Defaults button at the bottom of the screen.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Customize toolbar">
File:Customize toolbar.png
</gallery>

====Searching Image resources ====
* You can search and download the images from Firefox web browser.
* For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling you can follow these steps.
# Simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine.
# Select "Images" tab from the top tab of the search engine.
# If you want to download or save images to your computer, click on the images and once it open on the right side of the window, right click on the image and click on "Save image as".
# Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from web">
File:Mozilla searching text resources.png|Searching image resources
</gallery>

===== Access and download OER images from web =====
All the content which are available on internet need not be open. Open in the sense of accessing and using the resources. Some of them could be copyrighted. Therefore, you need to be careful while accessing some particular content in the internet.

OER stands for Open Educational Resources, that are open to public for using, changing, reproducing and publishing the reproduced content. This is applicable for text, image and audio or video.
# You can search for OER images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ link.
# Click on "Tools". Here you can work with various filtering options such as size, color, type, time, usage rights.
# Under usage rights select creative commons licenses to filter OER images
If you want to download or save images to your computer, right click on the image and click on "Save image as". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.

{{Note}} Filtering the images makes your search more optimized. For example you need a picture of planet Earth, but your color preference is Orange not Blue. In such case you can click on "Tools --> Color --> Pick up the color Orange".
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for OER image resources from the INTERNET">
File:Image Filter.png|Filter OER Images
File:Save image as.png|Save image resources
</gallery>

==== Access and download text resources from web ====
You could look for text information by simply typing the key word of your searching content, In the below image ''(Image1)'' you can see text information accessed for "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching images.png|Searching text resources
File:Save page as HTML.png| Save in HTML format
File:Save as PDF.png| Save as PDF
</gallery>
[[File:Screenshot in Firefox.png|none|thumb|400x400px]]
You can save webpages in 3 formats to use in offline mode without the need of having internet connection.
# Save as HTML: If you are looking to save any webpage in HTML format for your offline use, right click on the "webpage" and click on "Save page as" and select a folder where you want to save this file and click on "Save". Videos in the webpage will not be loaded in HTML format.
# Save as PDF: If you are looking to save any webpage in PDF format for your offline use, Click on "Application" menu and goto "Print" and select "Save as PDF" to save your file. Please note that video content will not work in this format. This format is specifically used for sharing the content or to take the print out of the text.
# Save the screenshot : This is a special feature on Firefox that saves the required data as per your needs.
## Full Page: If you need the entire webpage but need it to be as an image then you can select the Full page option in the screenshot. Although the image looks very small the original clarity will not be affected so that you can zoom the image and get the clarity as in the original format.
## Visible : If you want only the visible thing on the webpage to be captured as an image then you can select the option visible.
## Area : If you are looking for a particular area of data in a webpage then you can drag the cursor to the area which needs to be captured.

====Access and download videos from YouTube ====

===== Using computer =====
YouTube is the largest video repository we have on internet. The videos can be watched on YouTube by simply going to the URL of youtube, that is "www.youtube.com" and on the search bar searching the content which is relevant to you. Once you search your topic you would get a list of result from various YouTube channels.

Immediately below the the search result you can find the filter option where you can filter out only the things you require. There is an option "Creative Commons" which allows you to freely download the videos of OER content that can further be modified and used according to the user needs.

The following animation will teach you how to use the "ss" prefix to easily download YouTube videos:

[[File:download youtube videos _2021-06-16 16-51.gif]]

# Go to your browser and find the video you want to download from YouTube.
# Click a video to play it, then pause it.
# Navigate to the video URL, add "ss" before "youtube.com ..." and press Enter.
# You will be redirected to another page where you can save the video.
# This page is the parent site of ssyoutube.com known as savefrom.net.
# You will find out information such as duration, title of the video, and also get a download link.
# To the right of the green download icon, you will see a drop-down menu. Click on it and select the format in which you want to download the video (with or without sound).
{{Note}} To download OER videos from the internet you can follow these steps:
# Go to Youtube website and search for your required video.
# Click on "Filters" option.
# You can explore various filtering options available such as upload date, type, duration, features, sort by. In case of OER videos, click on "Creative Commons" under the "Features" category.
# It filters and displays only the OER videos

===== Using Mobile phone =====
[[File:download youtube videos .gif]]

====Using Bookmark feature to save useful webpages links====

All modern web browsers include bookmark features. Bookmarks are called "Favourites" or Internet shortcuts in Internet browser.

To add a bookmark, Go to "Menu Bar" and click the bookmarks and click on "Add this to bookmarks" to save the current page as a bookmark. By default, new bookmarks are saved to the Unsorted bookmarks folder. If you want separate folder, you can also create as per our requirements.

To enable bookmark : Right clicking on the free tab space of the browser like shown in the below screenshot.

In Bookmark menu You can add name to the bookmark, Add location where to save it and also you can give tags so that it will be easy to search web pages.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to make bookmark">
File:Bookmark in firefox.png| Click on * to bookmark any web page
File:Menu Bookmark toolbar.png| Bookmark menu
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Using History feature to revisit the webpages ====
Firefox keeps track of the websites you visit in your browsing sessions.

To view your browsing history:
# Click on the "Application" menu button to open the menu panel. Click "History" and then click the "Manage History" bar at the bottom to open the Library window.The Library window that opens when you click the Manage History bar will show your browsing history.
# Left side pane shows you the time of the access and corresponding right side pane shows the detailed description of the webpage you visited those respective time. Therefore, if you have visited a page on a particular day but you are unaware of the URL, you can just choose the History date and can refer the page.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Browsing history in firefox">
File:History in firefox.png|History
File:Manage History.png| Manage History
</gallery>

==== Using Private window feature ====
Private Browsing does not save your browsing information, such as history and cookies, and leaves no trace after you end the session. Usually when you want work on some confidential information such as password or amount transaction in somebody else's device you may want to hide the browser history for security and privacy concerns. In such cases this feature would be helpful.

To use private window click on "Application menu --> New Private window" and start browsing.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to browse using private window">
File:Private window.png|Private window in Firefox
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Accessing downloaded files ====
By default in firefox browser the download path or download folder is downloads (means if you download any resource from the internet it is saved in downloads folder). You can locate the downloaded files from that folder. 
Suppose if you want to change the download path settings then click on application menu at the top right side of the screen and go to settings ("Application menu --> Settings --> General section --> Files and Applications"). You will get two options here, one is to "Save files to where you can browse your folder" and set the download path and another is to "Always ask you where to save files" using which you can save files to the selected folders.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Downloads in firefox">
File:Firefox downloads.png| Downloads
File:Change download settings.png| Change download settings
</gallery>

===== '''Keyboard Shortcuts''' =====
Shortcuts help us to do our work much faster, you can access all the Firefox browser shortcut keys from [https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/kb/keyboard-shortcuts-perform-firefox-tasks-quickly this link]

Ctrl++ Zoom-in

Ctrl-- Zoom out

Ctrl+F Find

Ctrl+C Copy

Ctrl+X Cut

Ctrl+V Paste

Ctrl+H History

Ctrl+Z Undo

Ctrl+D Bookmark webpage

===Advanced features===
- Open Source : Firefox is the only open source Web browser among the most used browsers on the Web as of March 2013. The open source nature of Firefox enables developers from all over the world to contribute code to the browser and extend the functionality of Firefox with add-ons and themes.

- Add-ons : Firefox is one of the most easily customized browsers, thanks to its extensive library of add-ons. Add-ons are small bits of code that can extend the functionality of Firefox in an almost infinite number of ways. You can customize your browser with a couple of addons that makes your browser more rich and advanced.

For example, you can block the advertisements that disturb your work while surfing on internet by embedding an addon called Adblocker Ultimate.

- Security : Firefox features a number of tools designed to prevent malicious websites from causing harm.

- Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].

===Ideas for resource creation===
From the web browser, we can easily download whatever we want related to the subject (text,audio-video)

===References===
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefox Wikipedia]

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_browser Browser]

[https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/ Firefox]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Firefox

2022-08-25T07:49:43Z

Rakesh: /* Basic information */

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%AB%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]''

[https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%AB%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%AF%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%AB%E0%A5%89%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%8F हिंदी में देखें]

===Introduction===
Mozilla Firefox (or simply Firefox) is a free and open-source web browser developed by the Mozilla Foundation and its subsidiary. Firefox is available for Linux, Windows and Mac OS operating systems; Firefox is also available for smartphones. It provides an interface between the server and the client and requests to the server for web documents and services to the client machines.

====Basic information====
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|ICT Competency
|Firefox is a free and open-source web browser for connecting and learning.
It is web browser (or ''Internet browser)'' to browse information and resources from the web.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Accessing resources from the web for one's learning as a global digital library is one of the most important advantages of ICT. A browser is essential for accessing Information, downloading resources or participating in the virtual platforms on the web.
|-
|Version
|Firefox 100.0.2
|-
|Configuration
|No need to configure, its a web based application and need internet connection to browse.
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://www.chromium.org/getting-involved/download-chromium/ Chromium], [https://brave.com/ Brave]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://mozilla.org/firefox Mozilla Foundation and contributors - Mozilla Corporation]
|}

====Overview of Features====
When we need any kind of information, digital resources or virtual support from the others or participating in the virtual platform, essentially we need to connect Internet/web. To connect to internet or web, we need web a software and that is web browser. Firefox is one of the most popular web browser which gives more stable and useful functionalities to connect to web.

For more detail visit [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Features_of_Firefox this link]

====Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu Computer =====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution and any Linux based OS.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing <code>Firefox</code> on top search bar in Software Center.
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking "Applications -->System Tools -->Terminal" or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type the below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install firefox</code>
=====For Windows computer=====

* Visit this <nowiki/>[https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/windows/ Mozilla Firefox]<nowiki/> page in any other browser such as Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome. 
* '''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''Click the '''<nowiki/> "'''Download Now'''<nowiki/>'''" button.The Firefox Installer that downloads will automatically offer you the best available version of Firefox for your compute'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''r.'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''

*'''<nowiki/> '''If yo'''<nowiki/>'''u see an Open''<nowiki/>'' File --> Security Wa'''<nowiki/>'''rning'''<nowiki/>''' dia''<nowiki/>''log, click "Op'''<nowiki/>'''en" or "Run"
*'''<nowiki/>'''The ''' "<nowiki/>'''User Account ''<nowiki/>''Control" dialog may o'''<nowiki/>'''pen, '''<nowiki/>'''to a''<nowiki/>''sk you to allo'''<nowiki/>'''w the ''Firefox Installer '' to make changes to your computer. If the below dialog box appears, click ''' "'''YES" to start the installation.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Mozilla security warning.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'Open''''
File:Mozilla User Account Control.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'YES'''' to start the installation
</gallery>
*
*Wait'''<nowiki/>''' for "'''<nowiki/>'''Firefox" to fini'''<nowiki/>'''sh the installation (In ''<nowiki/>''windows search bar''<nowiki/>'', type firefox and click to open)
*When'''<nowiki/>''' the installati''<nowiki/>''on is c'''<nowiki/>'''omplete'''<nowiki/>''' "Fi''<nowiki/>''r'''<nowiki/>'''efox" will open.<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Mozilla firefox - Finishing the installation">
File:Mozilla finishing installtion.png|Finishing the installation
File:Mozilla working with the app.png|Finished Installation
</gallery>
'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''''<nowiki/><nowiki/>'''''<nowiki/><nowiki/>'''

Watch this video tutorial on Firefox installation on Windows computer 
{{#widget:YouTube|id=hm6gVPathWY|height=354|width=600}}
 

===Working with the application===

====Opening and accessing Firefox====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Mozilla Opening through MENU.png|Opening Firefox in ubuntu
File:Opening firefox in windows.png|Opening Firefox in windows
File:Mozilla Opening & accessing the browser.png|thumb|The menu bar in Firefox
</gallery>

* Mozilla Firefox will appear under "Applications --> Internet -->Firefox Web Browser".
* Main page will look like the second image. If you know the web address you can type it in the address bar. Ex; www.upsc.gov.in

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px">
File:Mozilla searching resources.png|Searching resources
File:Mozilla browsing information.png|Browsing information
</gallery>

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:New Firefox menu.png| Firefox features
</gallery>

#As shown in the firefox features
##Go back to previous visited page using this button
##Go to browser home page
##New tab is used to search multiple web pages in a browser
##Once you download any file click on this button to check access your download
##Bookmarks menu is available from here
##Application menu can be accessed using this button
##Click on settings button to change browser settings
#If you don’t know the particular web address, you can type the key word of searching object Ex: UPSC. you can search not only for text, but also for images, videos using search engine. In Google search engine (there are also other search engines like DuckDuckgo, Wikipedia etc), the search results has options for searching the web, or images or videos. You can download the file (video, text file, image file) to your computer. Check if the copyright of the file allows to copy and use.
#The search results will appear like in the third image. You can click on the links to access the information retrieved.
Tabs allow you to open and organize multiple websites inside a single Firefox window. This keeps your screen from getting filled fully and makes it easy to switch between sites.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Opening and closing tabs in firefox">
File:Tab in firefox.png|Open new tab in firefox
File:Close tabs.png|Close tab
</gallery>As indicated in the image above, '+' option lets you to open a new tab. Alternatively you can press "Ctrl+T" and 'X' mark on the side of the tab indicates to close that tab particularly. Alternatively you can press "Ctrl+W" on the keyboard.

Opening a new tab might be useful whenever you searched for a topic and not sure the result link might end up your search. In such case you can right click on that link and click on "Open in a new tab", just to avoid going back to the searched result in the same page.

==== Changing browser default homepage ====
Set your favorite/most accessible website as your homepage so you can see it every time you open Firefox.
# Click the menu button at the top-right corner of the browser, then Settings (In Windows you may need to go to "options").
# Click "General", and then "Home". Click the menu next to "Homepage and new windows''"'' and choose "custom URLs".
# Enter a URL which you want to make it default home page (example: https://duckduckgo.com) in new window and tabs.
# Close your browser and open your browser to apply the changes you have done.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - change browser default homepage">
File:change browser default homepage.gif| change browser default homepage
File:Firefox Settings.png| Firefox settings
</gallery>

====Default Search Engine====
Search engine produces the number of results for any topics that you search for. In Firefox you can set particular search engine as your default one so that whenever you search for a particular topic, it would redirect you to the search result in accordance to that default search engine.

To do this, click on "Settings in the firefox browser --> Click Search tab on left --> In the Default Search Engine option choose the required search engine".

==== Customize toolbar ====
Firefox's toolbar provides easy access to common features. The toolbar is easy to customize. You can change the items that appear in the menu or your toolbar. Click the "Menu" button , click "More Tools" and choose "Customize Toolbar".

A special tab will open which allows you to drag and drop items in or out of the menu and the toolbar. Feel free to experiment with what works best for you. You can always start over by clicking the Restore Defaults button at the bottom of the screen.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Customize toolbar">
File:Customize toolbar.png
</gallery>

====Searching Image resources ====
* You can search and download the images from Firefox web browser.
* For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling you can follow these steps.
# Simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine.
# Select "Images" tab from the top tab of the search engine.
# If you want to download or save images to your computer, click on the images and once it open on the right side of the window, right click on the image and click on "Save image as".
# Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from web">
File:Mozilla searching text resources.png|Searching image resources
</gallery>

===== Access and download OER images from web =====
All the content which are available on internet need not be open. Open in the sense of accessing and using the resources. Some of them could be copyrighted. Therefore, you need to be careful while accessing some particular content in the internet.

OER stands for Open Educational Resources, that are open to public for using, changing, reproducing and publishing the reproduced content. This is applicable for text, image and audio or video.
# You can search for OER images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ link.
# Click on "Tools". Here you can work with various filtering options such as size, color, type, time, usage rights.
# Under usage rights select creative commons licenses to filter OER images
If you want to download or save images to your computer, right click on the image and click on "Save image as". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.

{{Note}} Filtering the images makes your search more optimized. For example you need a picture of planet Earth, but your color preference is Orange not Blue. In such case you can click on "Tools --> Color --> Pick up the color Orange".
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for OER image resources from the INTERNET">
File:Image Filter.png|Filter OER Images
File:Save image as.png|Save image resources
</gallery>

==== Access and download text resources from web ====
You could look for text information by simply typing the key word of your searching content, In the below image ''(Image1)'' you can see text information accessed for "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching images.png|Searching text resources
File:Save page as HTML.png| Save in HTML format
File:Save as PDF.png| Save as PDF
</gallery>
[[File:Screenshot in Firefox.png|none|thumb|400x400px]]
You can save webpages in 3 formats to use in offline mode without the need of having internet connection.
# Save as HTML: If you are looking to save any webpage in HTML format for your offline use, right click on the "webpage" and click on "Save page as" and select a folder where you want to save this file and click on "Save". Videos in the webpage will not be loaded in HTML format.
# Save as PDF: If you are looking to save any webpage in PDF format for your offline use, Click on "Application" menu and goto "Print" and select "Save as PDF" to save your file. Please note that video content will not work in this format. This format is specifically used for sharing the content or to take the print out of the text.
# Save the screenshot : This is a special feature on Firefox that saves the required data as per your needs.
## Full Page: If you need the entire webpage but need it to be as an image then you can select the Full page option in the screenshot. Although the image looks very small the original clarity will not be affected so that you can zoom the image and get the clarity as in the original format.
## Visible : If you want only the visible thing on the webpage to be captured as an image then you can select the option visible.
## Area : If you are looking for a particular area of data in a webpage then you can drag the cursor to the area which needs to be captured.

====Access and download videos from YouTube ====

===== Using computer =====
YouTube is the largest video repository we have on internet. The videos can be watched on YouTube by simply going to the URL of youtube, that is "www.youtube.com" and on the search bar searching the content which is relevant to you. Once you search your topic you would get a list of result from various YouTube channels.

Immediately below the the search result you can find the filter option where you can filter out only the things you require. There is an option "Creative Commons" which allows you to freely download the videos of OER content that can further be modified and used according to the user needs.

The following animation will teach you how to use the "ss" prefix to easily download YouTube videos:

[[File:download youtube videos _2021-06-16 16-51.gif]]

# Go to your browser and find the video you want to download from YouTube.
# Click a video to play it, then pause it.
# Navigate to the video URL, add "ss" before "youtube.com ..." and press Enter.
# You will be redirected to another page where you can save the video.
# This page is the parent site of ssyoutube.com known as savefrom.net.
# You will find out information such as duration, title of the video, and also get a download link.
# To the right of the green download icon, you will see a drop-down menu. Click on it and select the format in which you want to download the video (with or without sound).
{{Note}} To download OER videos from the internet you can follow these steps:
# Go to Youtube website and search for your required video.
# Click on "Filters" option.
# You can explore various filtering options available such as upload date, type, duration, features, sort by. In case of OER videos, click on "Creative Commons" under the "Features" category.
# It filters and displays only the OER videos

===== Using Mobile phone =====
[[File:download youtube videos .gif]]

====Using Bookmark feature to save useful webpages links====

All modern web browsers include bookmark features. Bookmarks are called "Favourites" or Internet shortcuts in Internet browser.

To add a bookmark, Go to "Menu Bar" and click the bookmarks and click on "Add this to bookmarks" to save the current page as a bookmark. By default, new bookmarks are saved to the Unsorted bookmarks folder. If you want separate folder, you can also create as per our requirements.

To enable bookmark : Right clicking on the free tab space of the browser like shown in the below screenshot.

In Bookmark menu You can add name to the bookmark, Add location where to save it and also you can give tags so that it will be easy to search web pages.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to make bookmark">
File:Bookmark in firefox.png| Click on * to bookmark any web page
File:Menu Bookmark toolbar.png| Bookmark menu
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Using History feature to revisit the webpages ====
Firefox keeps track of the websites you visit in your browsing sessions.

To view your browsing history:
# Click on the "Application" menu button to open the menu panel. Click "History" and then click the "Manage History" bar at the bottom to open the Library window.The Library window that opens when you click the Manage History bar will show your browsing history.
# Left side pane shows you the time of the access and corresponding right side pane shows the detailed description of the webpage you visited those respective time. Therefore, if you have visited a page on a particular day but you are unaware of the URL, you can just choose the History date and can refer the page.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Browsing history in firefox">
File:History in firefox.png|History
File:Manage History.png| Manage History
</gallery>

==== Using Private window feature ====
Private Browsing does not save your browsing information, such as history and cookies, and leaves no trace after you end the session. Usually when you want work on some confidential information such as password or amount transaction in somebody else's device you may want to hide the browser history for security and privacy concerns. In such cases this feature would be helpful.

To use private window click on "Application menu --> New Private window" and start browsing.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to browse using private window">
File:Private window.png|Private window in Firefox
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Accessing downloaded files ====
By default in firefox browser the download path or download folder is downloads (means if you download any resource from the internet it is saved in downloads folder). You can locate the downloaded files from that folder. 
Suppose if you want to change the download path settings then click on application menu at the top right side of the screen and go to settings ("Application menu --> Settings --> General section --> Files and Applications"). You will get two options here, one is to "Save files to where you can browse your folder" and set the download path and another is to "Always ask you where to save files" using which you can save files to the selected folders.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Downloads in firefox">
File:Firefox downloads.png| Downloads
File:Change download settings.png| Change download settings
</gallery>

===== '''Keyboard Shortcuts''' =====
Shortcuts help us to do our work much faster, you can access all the Firefox browser shortcut keys from [https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/kb/keyboard-shortcuts-perform-firefox-tasks-quickly this link]

Ctrl++ Zoom-in

Ctrl-- Zoom out

Ctrl+F Find

Ctrl+C Copy

Ctrl+X Cut

Ctrl+V Paste

Ctrl+H History

Ctrl+Z Undo

Ctrl+D Bookmark webpage

===Advanced features===
- Open Source : Firefox is the only open source Web browser among the most used browsers on the Web as of March 2013. The open source nature of Firefox enables developers from all over the world to contribute code to the browser and extend the functionality of Firefox with add-ons and themes.

- Add-ons : Firefox is one of the most easily customized browsers, thanks to its extensive library of add-ons. Add-ons are small bits of code that can extend the functionality of Firefox in an almost infinite number of ways. You can customize your browser with a couple of addons that makes your browser more rich and advanced.

For example, you can block the advertisements that disturb your work while surfing on internet by embedding an addon called Adblocker Ultimate.

- Security : Firefox features a number of tools designed to prevent malicious websites from causing harm.

- Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].

===Ideas for resource creation===
From the web browser, we can easily download whatever we want related to the subject (text,audio-video)

===References===
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefox Wikipedia]

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_browser Browser]

[https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/ Firefox]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Audacity

2022-08-03T13:46:33Z

Rakesh: /* Working with the application */

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A1%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%BF_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]''
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}
===Introduction===
Audacity is a free and open source multi-track audio editor and recorder. Audacity is a high-quality sound recording application, designed to be easy to use. It works on GNU/Linux, Windows, Mac OS X and other operating systems. We recommend Audacity to most computer users, because it is simple and has many features and capabilities
====Basic information====
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|ICT Competency
|It is a generic audio resource creation and editing tool.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|You can use this tool to create own voice recordings, modify existing audio recordings as per your academic requirements. You can mix multiple audio's together to create educational resources.
|-
|Version
|Audacity Version 3.1.3
|-
|Other similar applications
|
# [https://ocenaudio.com OcenAudio] is a cross-platform audio editor.
# [https://www.wavosaur.com/ Wavosaur] is a free audio editor software for editing, processing and recording sounds, wav and mp3 files
# [https://traverso-daw.en.softonic.com/ Traverso DAW] is an audio recording and editing program which is very well suited to record a single voice, a band, an ensemble, a whole orchestra or any other source of music!
Ardour, Qtractor, or Rosegarden tools can be used for audio resource creation.
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://f-droid.org/repo/com.ringdroid_20703.apk Ringdroid using Fdroid]
[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.nchsoftware.mixpad_free&hl=en Mixpad Free for Android]

|-
|Development and community help
|[http://audacityteam.org/help/documentation/ Audacity Team]
|}

====Overview of Features====
Audacity features importing and exporting of various audio formats such as wav, aiff, mp3, ogg, vorbis. It enables to record and playback sounds. Sound effects can be added in variety of ways. Editing is possible via cut, copy, and paste, with unlimited levels of undo. It supports multitrack features including navigation controls, zoom and single-track edit, project pane, audio file manipulation etc.

====Installation====
=====For Windows OS =====
# To install Audacity in Windows OS click [https://www.fosshub.com/Audacity.html this link] and click on "Audacity windows Installer" to download .exe file, save this file in your computer.
# You can save Audacity executable (.exe) to your desktop or to a folder.
# Double-click on Audacity executable to begin the installation.
# Click "Yes" when asked. "Do you want to allow this app from an unknown publisher to make changes to your PC?".
# Choose "English" when asked to select the language to use during installation and click "OK".
# Close any other opened programs before clicking "Next" in the audacity Installation window.
# Read the information section on licenses, Click "Next"
# Click "Next" on the Select Destination installer window, Click "Next" in the "Desktop Icon" screen.
# Click "Install" The installation wizard will now show a progress bar during the installation
{{Note}} After you installed Audacity in your windows computer, you need to [https://drive.google.com/file/d/13ScfBeZcgFUtpMbHiOyjDNpsLZ-P9iRk/view?usp=sharing install this] .mp3 plugin to export your audio in mp3 format. Without installing this you will not be able to export audio in .ogg, .wav and any other audio format.

=====For Ubuntu OS =====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing <code>Audacity</code> on the top search bar in the Software Center.
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking "Applications --> System Tools --> Terminal" or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install audacity</code>
=====For MAC OS =====
# Go to [https://www.fosshub.com/Audacity.html this link] and click on "''Audacity macOS DMG''" to download .dmg file, save this file in your computer.
# Once the download is completed and the downloaded file has been saved in your Downloads folder, double-click the DMG file to mount it. (Some browsers may offer the option to automatically open the DMG file for you.)
# Drag the Audacity.app icon rightwards onto the Applications folder shortcut.
# You can also drag Audacity.app out of the DMG to any other location. You need the administrator password to copy Audacity to Applications.
# Launch Audacity.app from Applications or from your chosen location.

===Working with the application===
You need an audio interface to use Audacity. If you will record audio with Audacity, you must have at least one microphone connected to your audio interface and you need speaker to listen and edit existed audio file.
====Obtaining Audio from different sources====
Audio files can be obtained from many different sources such as audio recorders in phone, camera, or laptops devices and transferred to a laptop to edit them using Audacity. The audio recording in laptops can be done using Audacity which is explained in "Step 3" Screenshot.

==== Testing the Mic and Speaker ====
* Since Audacity deals with recording, we need to take care of the Mic and Speaker settings first. A very simple method to check and monitor the audio levels in the Audacity software is as follows.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200">
File:Mic Setting in Audacity.png|Monitoring Audio levels
File:Audacity Mic Testing fine.png|Showing input levels
</gallery>
* In the above picture you can observe there is an option near the toolbar that is, "Click to Start Monitoring". Once you click on that it will show you the levels of Mic audio. At this time, you can try your mic by speaking something just to verify your hardware peripheral is working fine. If the levels in audio varies that means the device is working without any issue. If the levels are not varying then there must be some issue with your hardware.
* To test the speaker you can look at the levels in right side of this "Mic monitoring". If your output device and all its settings are well and good then it shows the levels of output audio.
{{Clear}}

====Recording with Audacity====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:Audacity_1_Option_Menu_To_Open.png|Step 1 -This can be opened from Applications --> Sound & Video --> Audacity
File:Audacity_2_Main_Window.png|Step 2 - When you open the Audacity application, it will show the window as above
File:Audacity 3 Start Record.png|Step 3 - Recording and other tools
</gallery>
To start recording, click the "Red record" button in the Toolbar as shown in the left image. Begin talking or playing any audio and continue for as long as you want. When you feel you've recorded enough, click the "Yellow stop" button. Until you stop the recording, other functions on the Menu and Toolbar will be disabled. You can record audio playing on your computer itself, or playing in another external audio device.

==== Importing audio and multiple tracks ====
Audacity allows you to import more than one tracks to the audio thereby making your audio more effective and attractive.

For example, If you are narrating a story, effects related to the elements of the story can be added at the required positions. Even the background music can be added which does not make your audio boring.<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Audacity_4_Add_New_track.png|Audio track and adding new track
File:Audacity 5 Multipal Track.png| Multiple tracks
</gallery>

* To import audio, click "File --> Import --> Audio" from the menu as shown in the first image above. Choose the music file from your computer, and then click on "Open". Once you import an audio clip it will appear in Audacity as an audio track as you can see in the second image.
* If you want to add multiple tracks, you can do so by clicking on "Tracks --> Add new --> Audio track" from the Menu as shown in the same second image. With the use of multiple tracks, you can record and at the same time import several audio tracks to work in Audacity as shown in the third image above.

See below animation to know the steps to import second track. [[File:Import_2nd_audio_track_to_Audacity.gif|alt=|center]]
 

==== Basic audio editing ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Audacity 6 Delete middle Song.png|Selection of Audio
</gallery>

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Cut selected audio clip for moving to other place - audacity.png|Cutting selected audio
File:Paste selected audio clip to other place - audacity.png| Pasting selected audio
</gallery>
Similar to how we do cut (or copy) paste a selection of text in a text document, we can cut (copy) and paste a selection of audio in an audio file in Audacity. To delete a part of the track, we can select the area of the track we wish to delete as shown in the first image above and then press "Delete" key on the keyboard to delete. To move a part of the audio to another place on the same track or to another track, we need to select it first as we did before and then click on the cut icon on the toolbar as shown in the second image. Then the same audio can be pasted by clicking on the paste icon on the toolbar as shown in the third image above. The usual keyboard shortcuts for "Cut" (<code>Ctrl+X</code>), "Copy" (<code>Ctrl+C</code>) and "Paste" (<code>Ctrl+V</code>) will also work on Audacity. Once you are done with editing, the final audio can be exported to any audio format from the Menu by clicking on "File -->Export" and then "Save".

==== Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment ====
You can repeat a segment of audio that is already recorded.
# Click "Selection Tool", then select a portion of audio.
# Choose "Edit --> Copy" or press Ctrl+C in your keyboard.
# Click in a track near where you want the copy to start playing.
# Choose "Edit --> Paste" or press Ctrl+V in your keyboard.
# You can repeat this steps to repeat as many times you want, by using copy, paste feature.

==== Zoom in and Zoom out tracks ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300">
File:Audacity Zoom in Zoom out.png|Zoom in Zoom out tool
</gallery>
Sometimes it may be required to zoom in and zoom out the particular segment in the audio. To do this, there is an option in toolbar icon for both as marked in the image. You can keep on click '+' to zoom in and '-' to zoom out respectively.

==== Adjusting the volume of the audio ====
Occasionally, you may find that recordings are either too quiet or of poor quality once you come to edit them. This can be remedied to a certain degree in Audacity.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Increase your recorded volume by using amplify feature">
File:Audacity - amplify audio 0.png|Select amplify tool from effect menu
File:Audacity - amplify audio 1.png| Select "allow clipping" to increase the volume
</gallery>
To amplify the clip select the track which you want to increase (amplify) the volume, go to "Effect" tab from the top of the screen and choose "Amplify" from the drop-down menu and Finally, use the slider in the new dialogue box to tell Audacity how much you wish to amplify your clip and click "OK" to apply.
[[File:Audacity Amplifynew.gif|thumb|alt=|center|900x900px]]

You have to select "Allow clipping" to increase the volume. See below animation to use amplify function to adjust the volume, 
====Changing the Pitch, Speed and Tempo====
Pitch change option changes the pitch of your original recording without changing its speed. This is useful when you have some conversation in your recording involving more than one person. You can make your normal voice to be a magnetic voice, cartoon voice, male to female voice and viceversa and many more depending on the value given as input.

Change Speed option changes the speed of a selection which affects its tempo, pitch and frequency. When reducing speed, all frequencies become lower. When increasing speed, all frequencies become higher.

Change Tempo option changes the tempo and thus the length or duration of a selection, without changing its pitch.

Basic difference between Speed and Tempo is that Speed affects the pitch whereas Tempo does not!<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px">
File:Change Pitch1.png|Changing the Pitch
File:Change Tempo1.png|Changing the Tempo
</gallery>
'''Pitch:''' Audacity allows you to change the pitch of the entire audio or a part of it. You can directly mention the percentage of change which the music file expects or can change if having some basic idea of pitch notes in music. For changing the pitch you can click on "Effects--> Change pitch". In the dialogue box you can simply increase and decrease the slider to change the pitch. You can preview the changes you made to the portion of the audio by clicking on "Preview", Click "OK" if changes are final.

'''Speed:''' You can change the speed of the audio by clicking on "Effects-->Change Speed". It shows the multiplier column where you can put the value and those much of time audio gets the speed also you can move the slider to adjust the speed. You can preview the changes you made to the portion of the audio by clicking on "Preview", Click "OK" if changes are final.

'''Tempo:''' You can also change the tempo of the audio by clicking on "Effects -->Change Tempo". It also shows the multiplier option, beats per minute and Length of the selected portion options. Here you can change according to your needs and You can preview the changes you made to the portion of the audio by clicking on "Preview", Click "OK" if changes are final.

====Adding Echo Effect to the music====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:Echo effect.png|Adding Echo Effect
</gallery>
{{clear}}
You can include Echo effect on to your audio by clicking on "Effects-->Echo". Delay Time indicates the amount of delay between the echoes, Delay Factor increases or decreases the amplitude or loudness of the each echo.

==== Removing noise ====
Noise is part of an audio signal that is not the intended signal. When you listen to music on the radio, you can hear the music, and usually also some noise. When computers record or play audio, the electronic components sometimes create extra noise. Sometimes it can be your background noise recorded your audio.

In order to remove ‘noise,’ we must first tell Audacity what the ‘noise’ sounds. Do this by selecting a portion of the audio where nobody is talking and noise has recorded – like a break in the conversation, so you just get the ‘noise’.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Remove noise by using noise reduction option">
File:Audacity - noise reduction 1.png|Select Noise reduction tool from effect menu
File:Audacity - noise reduction - click OK 2.png|Select get noise profile and select OK
</gallery>
# Choose "Effect --> Noise Removal". The "Noise Removal" window appears. Click Get Profile. The Noise Removal tool uses the selected audio as an example of the noise to remove.
# Select the whole track.
# Open the "Noise Removal" window. Click "OK". The Noise Removal tool processes the audio. The Noise Removal tool is not effective in this example because most of the signal is noise.

==== Fade a section in or fade it out ====
Audacity has tools to fade in and out. When you "fade in," it means to gradually increase the volume level from silence to the original level. When you "fade out," it means to gradually decreased the volume level from the original level to silence. Professional recordings of concerts often fade out after a song, while the audience applauds. Fading out avoids an abrupt stop at the end of the recording, because the volume level is decreased gradually to silence.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Add fade in or fade out for your track">
File:Audacity - fade in.png|After added fade in for the track
File:Audacity -fade out.png|After added fade out for the track
</gallery>
# Click "Selection Tool", then select a portion of audio to fade in or out.
# Choose "Effect --> Fade In" or "Effect --> Fade Out".
Generally fade in at the beginning of an audio segment, and fade out at the end of an audio segment. You can use Audacity to create special effects if you fade in or fade out in the middle of an audio segment. You can make a surprising effect by setting Audacity to fade in or out over a few second, then adding the opposite fade inside the first fade.
==== Saving and exporting to different formats ====
Audacity saves its data in a format that only Audacity can use. Audacity saves more information than just the audio files, and this information cannot be stored in conventional audio files like OGG, MP3, or WAV.

When you want to share your work, or use it in another application, you must export it. When you "export" audio, Audacity converts the Audacity-only file into a conventional audio file. Audacity does not delete the original Audacity-only file, but the exported file cannot be converted into the Audacity-only format.
# Save Project: All the edits including files can be saved in uncompressed, lossless quality using the "''AUP"'' format. An "''AUP"'' project file is created, along with a folder with the same name as the AUP file that contains the project's audio data. For example, if you save a project as <code>independence day.aup</code>, a folder called <code>independence day_data</code> will contain the audio data. We can save the "AUP" project file with keyboard <code>Ctrl+S</code> shortcut or through "File --> Save Project" from the Menu.
# Export Audio: Audio can be exported to many formats such as mp3, ogg, wav. According to your need you can export the audio.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300">
File:Audacity Exporting options.png|Exporting to various formats
</gallery>
# Choose "File --> Export'''"'''.
# Select the format, filename, and directory of the audio that will be exported. Click "Save" when you are finished.
# Depending on which format you choose, the "Metadata" window appears. You can input this information if you wish (Don't forget mention creative common license under the comment section. In this way you will other to reuse your audio). Metadata basically contains information about the Audio that is exported. Artist name, Track title, Album title, Track number, Year, Genre and Comments are included here. They are optional.
# Audacity processes the audio to export. This may take some time, depending on the audio.
List of all available export formats supported by Audacity can be found [http://manual.audacityteam.org/man/export_formats_supported_by_audacity.html here].

==== Advanced features ====
Audacity is a full-fledged audio editor which has many advanced features. Click [http://manual.audacityteam.org/man/tutorials.html This page] which lists tutorials that provide step-by-step instructions for performing all the interesting things with audio in Audacity.

=== Ideas for resource creation ===
This tool can be used to create own voice recordings, modify existing audio as per academic requirements and to mix multiple audio files together to create educational resources.

=== References ===
# [[Wikipedia:Audacity_(audio_editor)|Audacity Wikipedia page]]
# [http://manual.audacityteam.org/index.html#using Audacity Manual]
# [https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/1889/editing_sound_files_with_audacity-62400.pdf gloucestershire.gov.uk]

=== Video Tutorials ===
{{#widget:YouTube|id=IXoGmyzNZOY|height=450|width=600}}

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn LibreOffice Calc

2022-07-11T10:00:51Z

Rakesh: /* Inserting a new sheet */

[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]

[https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%B2%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%AC%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%87%E0%A4%91%E0%A4%AB%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%88%E0%A4%B2%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%95_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%8F हिन्दी में देखिये]
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}
== Introduction ==
The spreadsheet is a sheet with a collection of columns and rows. It contains number of cells. A cell is a combination or intersection of a row and a column, in which information both text and numeric can be input. A sheet can be simply understood as an array of cells. Altogether Spreadsheets are useful for capturing and analyzing data.

=== Basic information ===
{| class="wikitable"
|ICT Competency
|LibreOffice Calc is a free and open source application for creating generic resources. Spreadsheet is used for handling numeric data, analyzing and publishing through tables and graphs.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Data analysis is an important mathematical competency. Spreadsheets can be very effective for introducing data analysis and statistics for students. It can also be used to explore patterns as an introduction to algebraic thinking. The power of the digital spreadsheet is that many types of data processing can be done on the information entered.

|-
|Version
|Version: 7.3 (LibreOffice Calc is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems)
|-
|Configuration
|No specific configuration requirements
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://www.onlyoffice.com/ OnlyOffice], [https://www.collaboraoffice.com/ Collabora Office], [https://www.freeoffice.com/en/ Free Office]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.onlyoffice.documents&hl=en_IN&gl=US OnlyOffice for Android]
[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.collabora.libreoffice Collabora Office for Android] and [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-and-ios/ for iOS]
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/images/2/2b/CG72-CalcGuide.pdf Calc Manual]
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]
|}

=== Overview of features ===
Spreadsheet application is used for recording, processing and analyzing data. It is also used for creating text and graphical outputs. The application has many arithmetical, statistical, text processing functions which make it a very powerful desktop tool. Data can be sorted, filtered and processed into outputs, including multi-variate tables.

===Installation===
====For Ubuntu OS====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),
##Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.
##sudo apt-get install libreoffice

==== For Windows OS ====
# Download "''LibreOffice windows installer''" from below
##[https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86&lang=pick Click here for the 32-bit version]
## [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86_64&lang=pick Click here for the 64-bit version]
# If you are unsure which Windows version you have, press Win+Pause to open your system properties window. The LibreOffice Main Installer download page can be selected with a built-in help file for your language:
# Double-click on download "''LibreOffice_..._Win_x64.msi''" file to begin installation
# It will start downloading "LibreOffice" into your computer (by default browser will save the files in ''Downloads'' folder in your system)

Click "Yes" if it asks your permission to allow this program make change to the computer. The installation wizard welcome dialog box opens advising that the installation process is about to be started. Click “Next”

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Step1 LO Installation.png|Downloading LibreOffice
File:Step2 LO Installation.png|Installation wizard
</gallery>

Another dialog box opens, giving you a choice whether you want a default installation, or whether you want to choose special locations and components. If you want a default installation, click “Next”. <gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Step3 LO Installation.png|Setup type
File:Step6 LO Installation.png|File type selection
</gallery>

Another dialog box opens, inviting you to choose whether to open Microsoft Office documents with LibreOffice. By default, this feature is not enabled. If you want LibreOffice to open Microsoft Office files (documents, spreadsheets and presentations), put a check mark in all four check boxes. Another dialog box opens, asking you whether:

* A shortcut to open LibreOffice should be placed on your desktop. The default option is to create a shortcut.
* To load LibreOffice during system start-up.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Step7 LO Installation.png|Ready to install the program
File:Step9 LO Installation.png|Finish
</gallery>

If you are not able to install LibreOffice in your windows machine''''',''''' [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/windows/ follow this official website installation instruction] or [https://youtu.be/ne-8PMLCj_k Click here] to see the LibreOffice Installation- English Tutorial

====For MAC OS====
#Click [https://www.fosshub.com/LibreOffice.html this link] and click on "''LibreOffice MAC OS"'' for MAC laptops.
#It will start downloading "''LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg"'' into your computer (by default browser will save the files in "''Downloads"'' folder in your system
#Double-click on download "''LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg"'' file to begin installation
#An installation window appears: drag and drop the LibreOffice icon onto the Applications icon in the same window. You may be required to enter your administrator password.
#The files are copied over and a progress bar shows when the installation is complete.
If you are not able to install LibreOffice in your MAC machine, [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/macos/ follow this official website installation instructions]

==Working with the application==
# [https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/9/96/REDUCED_MINIMUM_-_Learning_spreadsheet_-_Bangalore_South_3_Block_Schools_Dise_data_2015-16_March_2018.ods Download this file] to practice on a simple sample data sheet.
# [https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/1/1d/Bangalore_South_3_Block_Schools_Dise_data_2015-16_aided_September_2017.ods Download this file] of additional sheets with analyses, reports etc.

===Opening a spreadsheet===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350">
File:LO Calc 1 viewing a spreadsheet.png|Basic spreadsheet interface
</gallery>

* LibreOffice Calc can be opened from "Applications --> Office --> LibreOffice Calc". This opens a ‘work book’. A work book can have many ‘sheets’. When you open the LO Calc application, it will show the window like as mentioned in the image above (Basic spreadsheet interface). The spreadsheet consists of rows and columns. Each column-row intersection is a cell; this is the place you will enter data in a spreadsheet. You can click the cursor on any cell and type in the information you want to enter.
* Select Cell A1 and type “Name of city”, Hit enter. Next select cell B1 and type “Average annual rainfall (cms). Hit enter, and select cells of Column A to enter names of cities and Cells of Column B to enter annual average rainfall.
* You can click on the A1 and B1 cells and click on the BOLD function icon (or simply type Ctrl+B) to make the headings bold.

Like in the case of text document, you can use the File menu to save your spreadsheet. The file will be saved with a .ods extension. ODS is the short form of Open Document Spreadsheet.
{{clear}}

=== Navigating a spreadsheet ===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350">
File:Cal step 2.png|Navigation from various sheets
</gallery>
* You can move across cells using the arrow keys. You can also quickly go to the ends of the sheet using "Ctrl" Key, such as Ctrl+Home (go to Cell A1), Ctrl+End (bottom rightmost part of filled cells / entered data), Ctrl + Up Arrow (next cell in same column, before an empty cell) etc.
* It is useful to become comfortable using keyboard to move across the spreadsheet.
* Columns and rows can be inserted or deleted or hidden in a spreadsheet. You can right click anywhere on the spreadsheet and insert/ delete rows and columns. You can also go to Sheet menu and insert rows/ columns. 

=== Inserting a new sheet ===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200">
File:Insert a sheet.png|Inserting a new sheet
File:LO Calc Rename a sheet.png|Renaming a sheet
</gallery>
Sheets can be added or deleted from a work book using the "+" symbol seen next to the sheet name. Sheets can be named and renamed by right clicking on the name of the sheet visible in the bottom panel.

{{clear}}

=== Formatting a spreadsheet ===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350">
File:LO Calc 6 Formatting numbers.png| Formatting in Calc
</gallery>
{{clear}}
Formatting a spreadsheet involves two important formats.
* Text formatting : Text formatting involves making the text bold, italicized, increasing/reducing font size, font color etc. Data can also be formatted based on what it represents - date, time, currency, etc. The numeric information display format in terms of "000" separators or number of decimal places can be configured.

* Alignment of Text inside the cell : Since Calc gives much importance for cells, the text alignment inside the cell also needs to be taken care of. Such alignments can be Top, center and bottom. Wrap text option allows the text which gone out of the cell to be aligned within the cell boundary.
There are two useful options associated with cells known as Merge cell and Split cell.
<gallery mode="packed" heights=250>
File:LO Calc Merge Cell.png|Merging the cell
File:LO Calc Split cell.png|Splitting the cell
</gallery>
* "Merge cell" combines two or more cells together to make it as one. For example, If you want the main heading to be given in a particular column which is having two or more sub menus or subsections you can use this feature.
To merge cells, select two or more cells and right click on anyone of the selected cells and click on "merge cell". For example, in the above image (Merging the cell) if you want to calculate the average rainfall of all the cities then you can merge the cells as shown in the image which indicates the calculated value is related to the entire column.
* "Split cell" is needed when you accidentally merged the cells which are no longer required and you want them to be the separate cells.
To Split a merged cell, right click on the merged cell and click "split cell".

=== Freeze or Unfreeze rows and columns ===

If you enter data for a large number of rows or columns, you will not be able to read the row/column headings. To be able to see the column (and row) headings, you should move your cursor to the cell above which (and to the left of which) you want to be able to see your headings and click on "View --> Freeze Cells --> Freeze Rows and Columns".<gallery mode="packed" heights="320">
File:LO Calc 2 Freeze rows and columns.png|Freezing the cells
</gallery>

{{clear}}

=== Inserting formulae for computations===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400">
File:LO Calc 3 Processing the data .png|Inserting the formula
</gallery>
You can do almost any kind of computation or processing with a spreadsheet.

For example, here you can calculate the total rainfall for the cities. You can go to the cell below last row with data in Column B, which has the rainfall information and simply type in "''=Sum(B2:B15)''", assuming the data is in rows 2 through 15 of column B. Any computation or formula must begin with an "=" sign. Or you can simply use the shorthand icon on the menu bar “∑” where you will get various options like SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX. Choose "SUM" here and hit "Enter" and the application will insert the same formula.

{{Clear}}

* When the cursor is on this cell, the formula will be seen in the ‘formula’ bar on top of the sheet, below the menu. All arithmetic operations, statistical operations are possible with spreadsheet.
* You can ‘copy paste’ a formula from one cell to other cells in the same column, here ‘copy paste’ by default will copy paste the formula and not the content. This 'copy' and 'paste' of formula is not useful, when you want to 'fix' one value in our formula.
* For instance, if you are computing 'Percentage of total' in the example of Average annual rainfall (cms) then, You can input in column ''C2 "=B2*100/B16"''. If you copy this cell C2 to C3, Calc will change the formula to "''=B3*100/B17''", since it will increment both numerator and denominator cells.
* However consider you want to fix the denominator to '''B16''<nowiki/>'. To 'fix' the reference, you should insert '$' before the cell reference. So you should give formula ''C2 "=B2*100/B$16''" since you want to fix the value in the 16th row. When you copy paste the formula to C3, it will copy as "''=B3*100/B$16''", which is what you want.

{{clear}}

=== Sorting the data ===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="320">
File:LO_Calc_4_Sorting_data.png|Sorting the Data
</gallery>
You can sort the data in anyway you want. You could sort it on the descending order of the rainfall (Column B) to see the data by the cities with the heaviest rainfall at the top. You can sort the data by cities (Column B).

{{Note}} You should select the entire sheet ("Edit --> Select All", or simply Ctrl+ A) or keep the cursor on a single cell, else you may sort only the data selected which will be incorrect.
{{clear}}

=== Preparing charts and graphs===

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px">
File:LO_Calc_7_Inserting_a_chart.png|Selecting data for inserting charts
File:LO Calc Data range.png|thumb|Selected Data Range
File:LO Calc Dataranges.png|thumb|Renaming the Legend
File:LO Calc finalchart.png|thumb|Chart showing the annual rainfall
</gallery>

#Select the data (columns A and B) and select "Insert --> Chart" option. You will get the chart wizard. You can select Bar chart to get a Bar chart of the rainfall. You should experiment with different graphical formats to learn about all the other charts.
#Choose the Data Range. In this example it is A2 to B15.
#Click on "Data series" column name on the left and on the right side modify the "Range for name" as done in the above image (Data Series image). At first it will show you the name of the column as "Column B". But if you want to modify it as the name of the column as mentioned in the spreadsheet then click on the "Name" in the "Data Ranges" table. Click on small icon which says "Select Data Range" --> A small window appears where you must click on the Column B1. Automatically it will consider the clicked column as the name for that field. Click "Next".
#In the Last window Give the title if you want it to be appeared on the top of the chart. Click "Finish".

=== Working with Pivot tables ===
The pivot table (formerly known as Data Pilot) allows you to combine, compare, and analyze large amounts of data. You can view different summaries of the source data, you can display the details of areas of interest, and you can create reports. A table that has been created as a pivot table is an interactive table. Data can be arranged, rearranged or summarized according to different points of view.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250">
File:1. LO Calc Pivot 1. data sheet.png|Data sheet
File:2. LO Calc Pivot 2. Inserting pivot.png|Inserting Pivot
</gallery>
# Position the cursor within a range of cells containing values, row and column headings.
# Choose "Insert --> Pivot Table --> Create". The Select Source dialog appears. Choose Current selection and confirm with OK.
# The table headings are shown as buttons in the Pivot Table dialog. Drag these buttons as required and drop them into the layout areas "Page Fields", "Column Fields", "Row Fields" and "Data Fields". Drag the desired buttons into one of the four areas. 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250">
File:3. LO Calc Data Pivot 3. Current Selection.png|Selection wizard
File:4. LO Calc Data Pivot 4. Pivot form.png|Pivot Table wizard </gallery>
Drag a button to the "Page Fields" area to create a button and a listbox on top of the generated pivot table. The listbox can be used to filter the pivot table by the contents of the selected item. You can use drag-and-drop within the generated pivot table to use another page field as a filter. 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200">
File:Insert data, row and column fields.png|Insert data, row and column fields
File:Revising the data pilot for a new table.png|Revising the data pivot for a new table
</gallery>
{{Clear}}

If the button is dropped in the "Data Fields" area it will be given a caption that also shows the formula that will be used to calculate the data. 
* By double-clicking on one of the fields in the "Data Fields" area you can call up the '''"'''Data Field" dialog.
* Use the "Data Field" dialog to select the calculations to be used for the data. To make a multiple selection, press the "Ctrl" key while clicking the desired calculation.

{{Clear}}

=== Print Preview ===
Before printing any document you must make sure about the overall preview of the page. So get that you can click on "File--> Print Preview". This gives user the broader idea of how the printed material looks like.
[[File:LO Calc Margin.png|thumb|Setting the margin ]]
* Click on margin icon for the flexible movement of margins in the spreadsheet.
* Click on "Format Page" option to get various options such as "Page settings" to get the orientation of the page, Page borders to choose the style of the border, Inserting Header, Footer and other settings can be done.
In the image dotted lines represent the margins. They can be adjusted according to the printing needs.

Before printing the document go through these tips:
# Use the "text wrap" feature to wrap all the text input in a cell so that it won’t overflow to the next cell.
# Increase or reduce the column width so that all columns you want to print are included.
# Delete (or hide) columns if you don’t want them in the printout.
# Use "Format --> Page" option to insert header / footer information, such as file name, page number etc. Use "Print preview" feature to keep checking if the formatting is satisfactory 

=== Adding Page Header or Footer ===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300">
File:LO Calc Header Footer.png|Header/Footer option in Print Preview
File:LO Calc Header Footer2.png|Adding Header/Footer
</gallery>Header or Footers make the document a neat presentation. Text added to the top of the margin is a Header. Text added to the bottom of the margin is a Footer. Header can include the name of the Book, Chapter name etc, whereas Footer may indicate the page number. In the "Print Preview" option, there will be a "Header and Footer" option as shown in the above image (Header/Footer option in Print Preview). Once clicked it gives you three areas where you can insert the Header, that is Left area, Center area and Right area. You can add the text at any area to apply it to all the pages. The same is applicable for Foote

{{clear}}

=== Saving the files and formats ===
# Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the File –-> Save command, or by the shortcut key Ctrl+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. This file has been named “''Rainfall information for cities in South India, October 2016.ods''”. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later.
# The files will be saved as ".ods". You can save a spreadsheet as a Microsoft Excel format also ("File --> Save As").
# Main difference between "Save" and "Save As" is that Save Saves the document whereas Save As saves the document with another name.
The file you worked with can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. All the settings need to be done in the LibreOffice Calc and can be converted to PDF format.
<gallery mode="packed" heights=300>
File:LO Calc Export to PDF.png|Exporting the file to PDF
</gallery>
To do this, "File --> Export as PDF". A window appears which lets you to change the default settings. You can do the required changes and click "Export". In the next window it asks you to give the path where to export the file.

== Advanced features ==
* Calc is a very sophisticated software application and can even be used as a database, by cross referring data across sheets and books.
* You can also generate multi-variate tables using the 'Pivot' feature.
* The 'functions' in Calc are many and can meet statistical, logical, textual, mathematical functions which can be useful for exploring topics in Mathematics and Statistics.
* You can use Calc to store contact information, which can be used along with the Thunderbird email client, to generate customized mass email messages (this functionality is called 'mail merge').
* User defined formulae can be created and added to make the application more relatable.
* You can repeat the column or row headings automatically across printed pages (hint – define print area). You can refer the references section for learning these advanced features.
* Vlookup is an interesting feature with which you can query for a particular information using a simple syntax.

==Ideas for resource creation==
# Calc can be used for analyzing data sets generated by your students as part of projects. Large secondary data sets can also be analyzed. Some of these project ideas include information about family members, houses in the area, crops / vegetation in the area, goods sold and prices in local shop and programs of the local government and budgets etc. The collected information can be analyzed and published in tabular cum graph formats.
# Spreadsheets are also useful for helping solving numeric puzzles by setting up formulas and extrapolating.

==References==
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Calc Wikipedia]
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/scalc/.uno:HelpIndex?Language=en-US&System=UNIX&Version=5.2 User manual for LO Calc]
#[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support Community support]
#Videos to learn LO Calc are available in English, Telugu and other Indian languages on the [http://spoken-tutorial.org/tutorial-search/?search_foss=LibreOffice+Suite+Calc&search_language=Telugu Spoken-tutorials] site, created by the NMEICT program of MHRD.

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn LibreOffice Calc

2022-07-11T10:00:20Z

Rakesh:

[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]

[https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%B2%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%AC%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%87%E0%A4%91%E0%A4%AB%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%88%E0%A4%B2%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%95_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%8F हिन्दी में देखिये]
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}
== Introduction ==
The spreadsheet is a sheet with a collection of columns and rows. It contains number of cells. A cell is a combination or intersection of a row and a column, in which information both text and numeric can be input. A sheet can be simply understood as an array of cells. Altogether Spreadsheets are useful for capturing and analyzing data.

=== Basic information ===
{| class="wikitable"
|ICT Competency
|LibreOffice Calc is a free and open source application for creating generic resources. Spreadsheet is used for handling numeric data, analyzing and publishing through tables and graphs.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Data analysis is an important mathematical competency. Spreadsheets can be very effective for introducing data analysis and statistics for students. It can also be used to explore patterns as an introduction to algebraic thinking. The power of the digital spreadsheet is that many types of data processing can be done on the information entered.

|-
|Version
|Version: 7.3 (LibreOffice Calc is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems)
|-
|Configuration
|No specific configuration requirements
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://www.onlyoffice.com/ OnlyOffice], [https://www.collaboraoffice.com/ Collabora Office], [https://www.freeoffice.com/en/ Free Office]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.onlyoffice.documents&hl=en_IN&gl=US OnlyOffice for Android]
[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.collabora.libreoffice Collabora Office for Android] and [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-and-ios/ for iOS]
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/images/2/2b/CG72-CalcGuide.pdf Calc Manual]
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]
|}

=== Overview of features ===
Spreadsheet application is used for recording, processing and analyzing data. It is also used for creating text and graphical outputs. The application has many arithmetical, statistical, text processing functions which make it a very powerful desktop tool. Data can be sorted, filtered and processed into outputs, including multi-variate tables.

===Installation===
====For Ubuntu OS====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),
##Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.
##sudo apt-get install libreoffice

==== For Windows OS ====
# Download "''LibreOffice windows installer''" from below
##[https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86&lang=pick Click here for the 32-bit version]
## [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86_64&lang=pick Click here for the 64-bit version]
# If you are unsure which Windows version you have, press Win+Pause to open your system properties window. The LibreOffice Main Installer download page can be selected with a built-in help file for your language:
# Double-click on download "''LibreOffice_..._Win_x64.msi''" file to begin installation
# It will start downloading "LibreOffice" into your computer (by default browser will save the files in ''Downloads'' folder in your system)

Click "Yes" if it asks your permission to allow this program make change to the computer. The installation wizard welcome dialog box opens advising that the installation process is about to be started. Click “Next”

<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Step1 LO Installation.png|Downloading LibreOffice
File:Step2 LO Installation.png|Installation wizard
</gallery>

Another dialog box opens, giving you a choice whether you want a default installation, or whether you want to choose special locations and components. If you want a default installation, click “Next”. <gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Step3 LO Installation.png|Setup type
File:Step6 LO Installation.png|File type selection
</gallery>

Another dialog box opens, inviting you to choose whether to open Microsoft Office documents with LibreOffice. By default, this feature is not enabled. If you want LibreOffice to open Microsoft Office files (documents, spreadsheets and presentations), put a check mark in all four check boxes. Another dialog box opens, asking you whether:

* A shortcut to open LibreOffice should be placed on your desktop. The default option is to create a shortcut.
* To load LibreOffice during system start-up.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Step7 LO Installation.png|Ready to install the program
File:Step9 LO Installation.png|Finish
</gallery>

If you are not able to install LibreOffice in your windows machine''''',''''' [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/windows/ follow this official website installation instruction] or [https://youtu.be/ne-8PMLCj_k Click here] to see the LibreOffice Installation- English Tutorial

====For MAC OS====
#Click [https://www.fosshub.com/LibreOffice.html this link] and click on "''LibreOffice MAC OS"'' for MAC laptops.
#It will start downloading "''LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg"'' into your computer (by default browser will save the files in "''Downloads"'' folder in your system
#Double-click on download "''LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg"'' file to begin installation
#An installation window appears: drag and drop the LibreOffice icon onto the Applications icon in the same window. You may be required to enter your administrator password.
#The files are copied over and a progress bar shows when the installation is complete.
If you are not able to install LibreOffice in your MAC machine, [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/macos/ follow this official website installation instructions]

==Working with the application==
# [https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/9/96/REDUCED_MINIMUM_-_Learning_spreadsheet_-_Bangalore_South_3_Block_Schools_Dise_data_2015-16_March_2018.ods Download this file] to practice on a simple sample data sheet.
# [https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/1/1d/Bangalore_South_3_Block_Schools_Dise_data_2015-16_aided_September_2017.ods Download this file] of additional sheets with analyses, reports etc.

===Opening a spreadsheet===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350">
File:LO Calc 1 viewing a spreadsheet.png|Basic spreadsheet interface
</gallery>

* LibreOffice Calc can be opened from "Applications --> Office --> LibreOffice Calc". This opens a ‘work book’. A work book can have many ‘sheets’. When you open the LO Calc application, it will show the window like as mentioned in the image above (Basic spreadsheet interface). The spreadsheet consists of rows and columns. Each column-row intersection is a cell; this is the place you will enter data in a spreadsheet. You can click the cursor on any cell and type in the information you want to enter.
* Select Cell A1 and type “Name of city”, Hit enter. Next select cell B1 and type “Average annual rainfall (cms). Hit enter, and select cells of Column A to enter names of cities and Cells of Column B to enter annual average rainfall.
* You can click on the A1 and B1 cells and click on the BOLD function icon (or simply type Ctrl+B) to make the headings bold.

Like in the case of text document, you can use the File menu to save your spreadsheet. The file will be saved with a .ods extension. ODS is the short form of Open Document Spreadsheet.
{{clear}}

=== Navigating a spreadsheet ===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350">
File:Cal step 2.png|Navigation from various sheets
</gallery>
* You can move across cells using the arrow keys. You can also quickly go to the ends of the sheet using "Ctrl" Key, such as Ctrl+Home (go to Cell A1), Ctrl+End (bottom rightmost part of filled cells / entered data), Ctrl + Up Arrow (next cell in same column, before an empty cell) etc.
* It is useful to become comfortable using keyboard to move across the spreadsheet.
* Columns and rows can be inserted or deleted or hidden in a spreadsheet. You can right click anywhere on the spreadsheet and insert/ delete rows and columns. You can also go to Sheet menu and insert rows/ columns. 

==== Inserting a new sheet ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200">
File:Insert a sheet.png|Inserting a new sheet
File:LO Calc Rename a sheet.png|Renaming a sheet
</gallery>
Sheets can be added or deleted from a work book using the "+" symbol seen next to the sheet name. Sheets can be named and renamed by right clicking on the name of the sheet visible in the bottom panel.

{{clear}}

=== Formatting a spreadsheet ===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350">
File:LO Calc 6 Formatting numbers.png| Formatting in Calc
</gallery>
{{clear}}
Formatting a spreadsheet involves two important formats.
* Text formatting : Text formatting involves making the text bold, italicized, increasing/reducing font size, font color etc. Data can also be formatted based on what it represents - date, time, currency, etc. The numeric information display format in terms of "000" separators or number of decimal places can be configured.

* Alignment of Text inside the cell : Since Calc gives much importance for cells, the text alignment inside the cell also needs to be taken care of. Such alignments can be Top, center and bottom. Wrap text option allows the text which gone out of the cell to be aligned within the cell boundary.
There are two useful options associated with cells known as Merge cell and Split cell.
<gallery mode="packed" heights=250>
File:LO Calc Merge Cell.png|Merging the cell
File:LO Calc Split cell.png|Splitting the cell
</gallery>
* "Merge cell" combines two or more cells together to make it as one. For example, If you want the main heading to be given in a particular column which is having two or more sub menus or subsections you can use this feature.
To merge cells, select two or more cells and right click on anyone of the selected cells and click on "merge cell". For example, in the above image (Merging the cell) if you want to calculate the average rainfall of all the cities then you can merge the cells as shown in the image which indicates the calculated value is related to the entire column.
* "Split cell" is needed when you accidentally merged the cells which are no longer required and you want them to be the separate cells.
To Split a merged cell, right click on the merged cell and click "split cell".

=== Freeze or Unfreeze rows and columns ===

If you enter data for a large number of rows or columns, you will not be able to read the row/column headings. To be able to see the column (and row) headings, you should move your cursor to the cell above which (and to the left of which) you want to be able to see your headings and click on "View --> Freeze Cells --> Freeze Rows and Columns".<gallery mode="packed" heights="320">
File:LO Calc 2 Freeze rows and columns.png|Freezing the cells
</gallery>

{{clear}}

=== Inserting formulae for computations===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400">
File:LO Calc 3 Processing the data .png|Inserting the formula
</gallery>
You can do almost any kind of computation or processing with a spreadsheet.

For example, here you can calculate the total rainfall for the cities. You can go to the cell below last row with data in Column B, which has the rainfall information and simply type in "''=Sum(B2:B15)''", assuming the data is in rows 2 through 15 of column B. Any computation or formula must begin with an "=" sign. Or you can simply use the shorthand icon on the menu bar “∑” where you will get various options like SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX. Choose "SUM" here and hit "Enter" and the application will insert the same formula.

{{Clear}}

* When the cursor is on this cell, the formula will be seen in the ‘formula’ bar on top of the sheet, below the menu. All arithmetic operations, statistical operations are possible with spreadsheet.
* You can ‘copy paste’ a formula from one cell to other cells in the same column, here ‘copy paste’ by default will copy paste the formula and not the content. This 'copy' and 'paste' of formula is not useful, when you want to 'fix' one value in our formula.
* For instance, if you are computing 'Percentage of total' in the example of Average annual rainfall (cms) then, You can input in column ''C2 "=B2*100/B16"''. If you copy this cell C2 to C3, Calc will change the formula to "''=B3*100/B17''", since it will increment both numerator and denominator cells.
* However consider you want to fix the denominator to '''B16''<nowiki/>'. To 'fix' the reference, you should insert '$' before the cell reference. So you should give formula ''C2 "=B2*100/B$16''" since you want to fix the value in the 16th row. When you copy paste the formula to C3, it will copy as "''=B3*100/B$16''", which is what you want.

{{clear}}

=== Sorting the data ===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="320">
File:LO_Calc_4_Sorting_data.png|Sorting the Data
</gallery>
You can sort the data in anyway you want. You could sort it on the descending order of the rainfall (Column B) to see the data by the cities with the heaviest rainfall at the top. You can sort the data by cities (Column B).

{{Note}} You should select the entire sheet ("Edit --> Select All", or simply Ctrl+ A) or keep the cursor on a single cell, else you may sort only the data selected which will be incorrect.
{{clear}}

=== Preparing charts and graphs===

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px">
File:LO_Calc_7_Inserting_a_chart.png|Selecting data for inserting charts
File:LO Calc Data range.png|thumb|Selected Data Range
File:LO Calc Dataranges.png|thumb|Renaming the Legend
File:LO Calc finalchart.png|thumb|Chart showing the annual rainfall
</gallery>

#Select the data (columns A and B) and select "Insert --> Chart" option. You will get the chart wizard. You can select Bar chart to get a Bar chart of the rainfall. You should experiment with different graphical formats to learn about all the other charts.
#Choose the Data Range. In this example it is A2 to B15.
#Click on "Data series" column name on the left and on the right side modify the "Range for name" as done in the above image (Data Series image). At first it will show you the name of the column as "Column B". But if you want to modify it as the name of the column as mentioned in the spreadsheet then click on the "Name" in the "Data Ranges" table. Click on small icon which says "Select Data Range" --> A small window appears where you must click on the Column B1. Automatically it will consider the clicked column as the name for that field. Click "Next".
#In the Last window Give the title if you want it to be appeared on the top of the chart. Click "Finish".

=== Working with Pivot tables ===
The pivot table (formerly known as Data Pilot) allows you to combine, compare, and analyze large amounts of data. You can view different summaries of the source data, you can display the details of areas of interest, and you can create reports. A table that has been created as a pivot table is an interactive table. Data can be arranged, rearranged or summarized according to different points of view.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250">
File:1. LO Calc Pivot 1. data sheet.png|Data sheet
File:2. LO Calc Pivot 2. Inserting pivot.png|Inserting Pivot
</gallery>
# Position the cursor within a range of cells containing values, row and column headings.
# Choose "Insert --> Pivot Table --> Create". The Select Source dialog appears. Choose Current selection and confirm with OK.
# The table headings are shown as buttons in the Pivot Table dialog. Drag these buttons as required and drop them into the layout areas "Page Fields", "Column Fields", "Row Fields" and "Data Fields". Drag the desired buttons into one of the four areas. 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250">
File:3. LO Calc Data Pivot 3. Current Selection.png|Selection wizard
File:4. LO Calc Data Pivot 4. Pivot form.png|Pivot Table wizard </gallery>
Drag a button to the "Page Fields" area to create a button and a listbox on top of the generated pivot table. The listbox can be used to filter the pivot table by the contents of the selected item. You can use drag-and-drop within the generated pivot table to use another page field as a filter. 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200">
File:Insert data, row and column fields.png|Insert data, row and column fields
File:Revising the data pilot for a new table.png|Revising the data pivot for a new table
</gallery>
{{Clear}}

If the button is dropped in the "Data Fields" area it will be given a caption that also shows the formula that will be used to calculate the data. 
* By double-clicking on one of the fields in the "Data Fields" area you can call up the '''"'''Data Field" dialog.
* Use the "Data Field" dialog to select the calculations to be used for the data. To make a multiple selection, press the "Ctrl" key while clicking the desired calculation.

{{Clear}}

=== Print Preview ===
Before printing any document you must make sure about the overall preview of the page. So get that you can click on "File--> Print Preview". This gives user the broader idea of how the printed material looks like.
[[File:LO Calc Margin.png|thumb|Setting the margin ]]
* Click on margin icon for the flexible movement of margins in the spreadsheet.
* Click on "Format Page" option to get various options such as "Page settings" to get the orientation of the page, Page borders to choose the style of the border, Inserting Header, Footer and other settings can be done.
In the image dotted lines represent the margins. They can be adjusted according to the printing needs.

Before printing the document go through these tips:
# Use the "text wrap" feature to wrap all the text input in a cell so that it won’t overflow to the next cell.
# Increase or reduce the column width so that all columns you want to print are included.
# Delete (or hide) columns if you don’t want them in the printout.
# Use "Format --> Page" option to insert header / footer information, such as file name, page number etc. Use "Print preview" feature to keep checking if the formatting is satisfactory 

=== Adding Page Header or Footer ===
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300">
File:LO Calc Header Footer.png|Header/Footer option in Print Preview
File:LO Calc Header Footer2.png|Adding Header/Footer
</gallery>Header or Footers make the document a neat presentation. Text added to the top of the margin is a Header. Text added to the bottom of the margin is a Footer. Header can include the name of the Book, Chapter name etc, whereas Footer may indicate the page number. In the "Print Preview" option, there will be a "Header and Footer" option as shown in the above image (Header/Footer option in Print Preview). Once clicked it gives you three areas where you can insert the Header, that is Left area, Center area and Right area. You can add the text at any area to apply it to all the pages. The same is applicable for Foote

{{clear}}

=== Saving the files and formats ===
# Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the File –-> Save command, or by the shortcut key Ctrl+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. This file has been named “''Rainfall information for cities in South India, October 2016.ods''”. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later.
# The files will be saved as ".ods". You can save a spreadsheet as a Microsoft Excel format also ("File --> Save As").
# Main difference between "Save" and "Save As" is that Save Saves the document whereas Save As saves the document with another name.
The file you worked with can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. All the settings need to be done in the LibreOffice Calc and can be converted to PDF format.
<gallery mode="packed" heights=300>
File:LO Calc Export to PDF.png|Exporting the file to PDF
</gallery>
To do this, "File --> Export as PDF". A window appears which lets you to change the default settings. You can do the required changes and click "Export". In the next window it asks you to give the path where to export the file.

== Advanced features ==
* Calc is a very sophisticated software application and can even be used as a database, by cross referring data across sheets and books.
* You can also generate multi-variate tables using the 'Pivot' feature.
* The 'functions' in Calc are many and can meet statistical, logical, textual, mathematical functions which can be useful for exploring topics in Mathematics and Statistics.
* You can use Calc to store contact information, which can be used along with the Thunderbird email client, to generate customized mass email messages (this functionality is called 'mail merge').
* User defined formulae can be created and added to make the application more relatable.
* You can repeat the column or row headings automatically across printed pages (hint – define print area). You can refer the references section for learning these advanced features.
* Vlookup is an interesting feature with which you can query for a particular information using a simple syntax.

==Ideas for resource creation==
# Calc can be used for analyzing data sets generated by your students as part of projects. Large secondary data sets can also be analyzed. Some of these project ideas include information about family members, houses in the area, crops / vegetation in the area, goods sold and prices in local shop and programs of the local government and budgets etc. The collected information can be analyzed and published in tabular cum graph formats.
# Spreadsheets are also useful for helping solving numeric puzzles by setting up formulas and extrapolating.

==References==
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Calc Wikipedia]
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/scalc/.uno:HelpIndex?Language=en-US&System=UNIX&Version=5.2 User manual for LO Calc]
#[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support Community support]
#Videos to learn LO Calc are available in English, Telugu and other Indian languages on the [http://spoken-tutorial.org/tutorial-search/?search_foss=LibreOffice+Suite+Calc&search_language=Telugu Spoken-tutorials] site, created by the NMEICT program of MHRD.

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-07-09T06:26:27Z

Rakesh: /* Workshop agenda */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the workshop===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the workshop ===
'''[https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfMkibaMNUfvQxNkeZWjN6yIVUUF8ZHIyErzRO8zkWscyz_IA/viewform Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Workshop agenda===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Timing'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audacity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|[[Learn Audacity]] and [https://soundcloud.com/ Learn Soundcloud]
[[Learn Soundcloud|Soundcloud Handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}

===Workshop Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-secondary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-november-2020 November Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources November Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/audio-resource-poem December CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/celt-audio-resources-batch-3 January CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources March CELT Audio resources album]

===Assignment and feedback===
'''To submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform click here]'''

To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-07-09T06:26:08Z

Rakesh: /* Workshop agenda */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the workshop===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the workshop ===
'''[https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfMkibaMNUfvQxNkeZWjN6yIVUUF8ZHIyErzRO8zkWscyz_IA/viewform Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Workshop agenda===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Sessions'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audacity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|[[Learn Audacity]] and [https://soundcloud.com/ Learn Soundcloud]
[[Learn Soundcloud|Soundcloud Handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}

===Workshop Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-secondary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-november-2020 November Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources November Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/audio-resource-poem December CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/celt-audio-resources-batch-3 January CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources March CELT Audio resources album]

===Assignment and feedback===
'''To submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform click here]'''

To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-05-13T05:17:14Z

Rakesh: Reverted edits by Anusha sharma (talk) to last revision by Rakesh

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the workshop===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the workshop ===
'''[https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfMkibaMNUfvQxNkeZWjN6yIVUUF8ZHIyErzRO8zkWscyz_IA/viewform Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Workshop agenda===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Webinars'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audcaity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|Learn Audacity and [[Learn Soundcloud|www.SoundCloud.com]]
[[Learn Soundcloud|SoundCloud]]

[[Learn Soundcloud|handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}
===Workshop Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-secondary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-november-2020 November Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources November Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/audio-resource-poem December CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/celt-audio-resources-batch-3 January CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources March CELT Audio resources album]

===Assignment and feedback===
'''To submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform click here]'''

To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-05-09T11:55:11Z

Rakesh:

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the workshop===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the workshop ===
'''[https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfMkibaMNUfvQxNkeZWjN6yIVUUF8ZHIyErzRO8zkWscyz_IA/viewform Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Workshop agenda===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Webinars'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audcaity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|Learn Audacity and [[Learn Soundcloud|www.SoundCloud.com]]
[[Learn Soundcloud|SoundCloud]]

[[Learn Soundcloud|handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}
===Workshop Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-secondary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-november-2020 November Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources November Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/audio-resource-poem December CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/celt-audio-resources-batch-3 January CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources March CELT Audio resources album]

===Assignment and feedback===
'''To submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform click here]'''

To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-05-09T11:43:05Z

Rakesh: /* Registration for the course */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the course===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the course ===
'''[https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfMkibaMNUfvQxNkeZWjN6yIVUUF8ZHIyErzRO8zkWscyz_IA/viewform Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Agenda of the course===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Webinars'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audcaity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|Learn Audacity and [[Learn Soundcloud|www.SoundCloud.com]]
[[Learn Soundcloud|SoundCloud]]

[[Learn Soundcloud|handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}
===Course Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-secondary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-november-2020 November Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources November Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/audio-resource-poem December CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/celt-audio-resources-batch-3 January CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources March CELT Audio resources album]

===Course assignment and feedback===
'''To submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform click here]'''

To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-05-09T11:22:43Z

Rakesh: /* Agenda of the course */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the course===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers

=== Registration for the course ===
'''[https://teacher-network.in/limesurvey/index.php/369775?lang=en Click here to register for this Audio creation course]'''

===Agenda of the course===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Webinars'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audcaity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|Learn Audacity and [[Learn Soundcloud|www.SoundCloud.com]]
[[Learn Soundcloud|SoundCloud]]

[[Learn Soundcloud|handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}
===Course Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-secondary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-november-2020 November Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources November Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/audio-resource-poem December CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/celt-audio-resources-batch-3 January CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources March CELT Audio resources album]

===Course assignment and feedback===
'''To submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform click here]'''

To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-05-09T11:21:55Z

Rakesh: /* Course background */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”.

===Objectives of the course===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers
===Agenda of the course===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Webinars'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audcaity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|Learn Audacity and [[Learn Soundcloud|www.SoundCloud.com]]
[[Learn Soundcloud|SoundCloud]]

[[Learn Soundcloud|handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}
===Course Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-secondary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-november-2020 November Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources November Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/audio-resource-poem December CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/celt-audio-resources-batch-3 January CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources March CELT Audio resources album]

===Course assignment and feedback===
'''To submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform click here]'''

To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-05-09T11:20:29Z

Rakesh: added Category:Audacity using HotCat

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”. This note discusses the objectives, approach, requirements of the participants and expected outcomes from the course.
===Objectives of the course===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers
===Agenda of the course===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Webinars'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audcaity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|Learn Audacity and [[Learn Soundcloud|www.SoundCloud.com]]
[[Learn Soundcloud|SoundCloud]]

[[Learn Soundcloud|handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}
===Course Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-secondary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-november-2020 November Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources November Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/audio-resource-poem December CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/celt-audio-resources-batch-3 January CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources March CELT Audio resources album]

===Course assignment and feedback===
'''To submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform click here]'''

To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]
[[Category:Audacity]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-05-09T11:20:03Z

Rakesh: added Category:Language using HotCat

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”. This note discusses the objectives, approach, requirements of the participants and expected outcomes from the course.
===Objectives of the course===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers
===Agenda of the course===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Webinars'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audcaity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|Learn Audacity and [[Learn Soundcloud|www.SoundCloud.com]]
[[Learn Soundcloud|SoundCloud]]

[[Learn Soundcloud|handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}
===Course Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-secondary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-november-2020 November Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources November Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/audio-resource-poem December CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/celt-audio-resources-batch-3 January CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources March CELT Audio resources album]

===Course assignment and feedback===
'''To submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform click here]'''

To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]

[[Category:Workshop]]
[[Category:Language]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-05-09T11:19:15Z

Rakesh: added Category:Workshop using HotCat

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”. This note discusses the objectives, approach, requirements of the participants and expected outcomes from the course.
===Objectives of the course===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers
===Agenda of the course===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Webinars'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audcaity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|Learn Audacity and [[Learn Soundcloud|www.SoundCloud.com]]
[[Learn Soundcloud|SoundCloud]]

[[Learn Soundcloud|handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}
===Course Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-secondary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-november-2020 November Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources November Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/audio-resource-poem December CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/celt-audio-resources-batch-3 January CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources March CELT Audio resources album]

===Course assignment and feedback===
'''To submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform click here]'''

To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]

[[Category:Workshop]]

Audio resource creation for English Language Teaching

2022-05-09T11:16:50Z

Rakesh: /* Course Resources */

===Course background===
Regional Institute of English, South India (RIESI) and IT for Change (ITfC) are collaborating to design and conduct an workshop on “Audio resources creation for language teaching ” for English language teachers, who are participating in the CELT/PGDELT program of RIESI. The course is based on the National ICT curriculum theme “Creating with ICT”. This note discusses the objectives, approach, requirements of the participants and expected outcomes from the course.
===Objectives of the course===
#To understand the connection between the word and the thought (can we communicate abstract ideas without words, i.e., sounds) and to recognize that the combinations of sounds and what they describe is arbitrary
#To explore new digital methods for language learning. Exploring Audacity FOSS ([[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]) tool to create rich language resources for use in a language lesson
#To learn to record and editing audio using Audacity. Making your audio resource richer by using multiple audio files (background music)
#To introduce the philosophy of creating and adapting existing audio resources ([[wikipedia:Open_educational_resources|Open Educational Resources created with FOSS]])
#To publish created audio resource on a [https://soundcloud.com/it-for-change/sets/riesi-celt-audio-workshop-jan public repository] for the benefit of all teachers
===Agenda of the course===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Webinars'''
|'''Particulars'''
|'''Activities'''
|'''Resources'''
|-
|10.00 - 10.30
|Introduction to the workshop
|
#Understand the objective of the workshop
#Go through the workshop agenda and workshop page
#Listen to some audio resources (Karadi Tales)
|[[Learn Audacity#Installation|Audacity installation]]
|-
|10.30 - 11.00
|
# Get a familiar with Audio resources creation tools and FOSS
# Understand the technical specifications for audio headphones, microphone
|
#Go through audio recording basic options in audacity
#Select poem, phrases and stories to create audio resources in the workshop
#Go through a checklist of recording a good quality audio
#Brief introduction about Audacity tool and FOSS
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application]]
|-
|11.00 - 12.30
|
#Use different applications for audio recording
#Understanding of Audacity editing tools.
|
# Record audio on the selected topic using smartphones or computers.
# If it is story - participants can make groups of 2 people to record
# Save as project file, export recorded audio files
# Import audio into systems (who are recorded in mobile) And import to audcaity (all)
# Edit recorded audio files using basic tools as we needed.
# Get familiar with audacity project files and audio files.
|[[Learn Audacity#Recording with Audacity]]
|-
|12.30 - 1.00
|
# Use Audacity platform to clear/edit background noise
# Use Audacity to export audio into different formats.
|
# Use edit tools to refine audio by removing unwanted part
# Use "noise removal" to clear background noise
# File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Removing noise]]
|-
|1.00 - 2.00
|LUNCH BREAK
|
|
|-
|2.00 - 2.30
|Access different background music and sound elements from the audio repositories
|
# All the participants will go through Background music repository
# Identify some suitable background sounds/music to add
|[[Learn Audacity#Working with the application|Learn Audacity#Accessing and download background sounds]]
|-
|2.30 - 3.30
|
#Effectiveness of adding audio effects
#Understanding when and how to use audio effects to the audio's
#Using an audio editing tool to add sound elements.
|
#Use multiple tracks to add background music for the audio
#To understand what is a track and how tracks can be used mix audios+musics and multiple sound elements.
#Use amplification to adjust the output volume of audio files
#File export as audio files and save as project.
|[[Learn Audacity#Importing audio and multiple tracks]]
|-
|3.30 - 4.30
|
#Use an audio editing tool to enhance an audio resource
#Understanding of using different background music to make more effective of the audio
#Publish created audio's on the web.
|
#Fade in/out to adjust the audio -voice modulation
#Use Silence, noise reduction, pitch change and echo features
#Add different audio elements to the audio in any particular places
#Use Soundcloud.com to upload and share audio's
|Learn Audacity and [[Learn Soundcloud|www.SoundCloud.com]]
[[Learn Soundcloud|SoundCloud]]

[[Learn Soundcloud|handout]]
|-
|4.30 - 5.00
|Participants presentation
|
# Participants can present their audio to other
# Other participants give feedback
# Participants feedback
|To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]
|}
===Course Resources===
====Technology resources====
#[[Learn Audacity|Audacity handout]]
#[https://teacher-network.in/OER/images/3/32/Checklist_to_record_good_audio.pdf Checklist for recording good audio clip]
#[https://youtu.be/zeQy4a6alU0 What is copyright and what is OER] (Watch this video to know about different copyrights laws)
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tq6rNIu3J1E Use SoundCloud repository to upload and share your audio materials] (Video)
====Online OER audio repositories====
# [https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD Background music tracks accessed from different OER repositories (Google Drive)]
# WikimediaCommons - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Audio_files
# BenSound - https://www.bensound.com/
# Soundible - http://soundbible.com/
# FreeSound - https://freesound.org/
# SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

====Reading materials on ELT====
#[[Krashen hypotheses|Krashen's hypotheses for SLA]] (Second Language Acquisition)
#[https://www.academia.edu/5905884/Multilingualaity_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India Multi-linguality_and_the_teaching_of_English_in_India] - Prof Rama Kant Agnihotri
#NCF2005 Position Paper on [https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/NCF_Position_Paper_on_Teaching_Indian_Languages Teaching of Indian Languages]
#[[:File:Revised - Digital stories - a new approach to curricular material development, Ranganathan and Kasinathan, June 2017.odt#file|Digital Storytelling, an ICT-based method of co-constructing and transacting curriculum]]
====Additional resources====
#Rich recitations
#*[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIPCWV2LAifpieVp4akjZ_A Karadi tales] - Very rich and brilliant audio stories based on Indian stories and using Indian tunes.
#*#[https://youtube.com/watch?v=LPMq2GOmBj8 Crickematics] with Rahul Dravid
#*#[https://youtu.be/hW57awyt024 Monkey on a Fast] with Sanjay Dutt
#Poetry online
##[https://poets.org/poems-poets Poems online] (10,000 poems) available for download
##Access poems and upload your poems [https://allpoetry.com/ All Poetry]
##[https://poetryfoundation.org/poems Poetry foundation]
#Great speeches:
##[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vP4iY1TtS3s I have a Dream, speech by Martin Luther King .Jr]

====Audio resources created by last batch participants====
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-secondary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-october-2020 September Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfor-change/sets/riesi-celt-primary-school-teachers-audio-workshop-november-2020 November Primary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources November Secondary school teachers album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/audio-resource-poem December CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/gurumurthy-kasinathan/sets/celt-audio-resources-batch-3 January CELT Audio resources album]
#[https://soundcloud.com/itfc-education-resources/sets/language-resources March CELT Audio resources album]

===Course assignment and feedback===
'''To submit your audio file [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdkBdf_LGJh4gtSwemHDias8TyLOeco9TaCNi4aPwxm-OMgRg/viewform click here]'''

To fill the course feedback form [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSclxhQQ49FfOVT3F4P0BlUtAHwz43dWd7Q653ii9nUFBNM45Q/viewform click here]

Learn LibreOffice Writer

2022-03-23T15:47:13Z

Rakesh:

<noinclude>
[https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%B2%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%AC%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%87%E0%A4%91%E0%A4%AB%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%87%E0%A4%9F%E0%A4%B0_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%AF%E0%A5%87 हिंदी] ''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]''
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}
</noinclude>
===Introduction===
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.

==== Basic information ====
{| class="wikitable"
|ICT Competency
|ICT for creating generic resources
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also.
|-
|Version
|LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows (visit [https://libreoffice.org/download/download/?type=win-x86_64&version=6.3.3&lang=en-US download LibreOffice on Windows] to install LibreOffice on a Windows system) and Macintosh operating systems.
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.collabora.libreoffice Collabora Office for Android] and [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-and-ios/ for iOS]
|-
|Development and community help
|The Document Foundation
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]
|}

==== Overview of features ====
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).

==== Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu =====
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer

===== For Windows =====
# Download '''LibreOffice windows installer''' from below
## [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86&lang=pick Click here for the 32-bit version]
## [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86_64&lang=pick Click here for the 64-bit version]
# If you are unsure which Windows version you have, press Win+Pause to open your system properties window. The LibreOffice Main Installer download page can be selected with a built-in help file for your language:
# Double-click on download "LibreOffice_..._Win_x64.msi" file to begin installation
# It will start downloading "'''LibreOffice"''' into your computer (by default browser will save the files in "'''Downloads'''" folder in your system)

Click Yes if it ask your permission to allow this program make change to the computer,The Installation Wizard Welcome dialog box opens advising that the installation process is about to be started. Click “Next >”

[[File:Step1 LO Installation.png|650px|Downloading LibreOffice]]
[[File:Step2 LO Installation.png|650px|Installation wizard]]

Another dialog box opens, giving you a choice whether you want a default installation, or whether you want to choose special locations and components. If you want a default installation, just press “Next >”. If you want to make special choices, click on “Custom” and then press “Next >”.The Custom Setup enables changes to the features that will be installed. If you would like to install the spelling dictionaries, hyphenation rules, thesauri and grammar checkers:
* Click Expand Optional Components
* Click Expand Dictionaries

<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">
File:Step3 LO Installation.png|Setup type
File:Step6 LO Installation.png|File type selection
</gallery>

Another dialog box opens, inviting you to choose whether to open Microsoft Office documents with LibreOffice. By default, this feature is not enabled. If you want LibreOffice to open Microsoft Office files (documents, spreadsheets and presentations), put a check mark in all four checkboxes.Another dialog box opens, asking you whether:

* A shortcut to open LibreOffice should be placed on your desktop. The default option is to create a shortcut.
* To load LibreOffice during system start-up.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">

File:Step7 LO Installation.png|Ready to install the program
File:Step9 LO Installation.png|Finish
</gallery>

'''''If you are not able to install LibreOffice in your windows machine, [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/windows/ follow this official website installation instruction]''''' or [https://youtu.be/ne-8PMLCj_k Click here] to see the LibreOffice Installation- English Tutorial

===== '''For MAC OS''' =====
# Go to [https://www.fosshub.com/LibreOffice.html this click] and click on '''libreoffic MAC OS''' for MAC laptops
# It will start downloading "LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg" into your computer (by defulat browser will save the files in "'''Downloads'''" folder in your system
# Double-click on download "'''LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg'''" file to begin installation
# An installation window appears: drag and drop the LibreOffice icon onto the Applications icon in the same window. You may be required to enter your administrator password.
# The files are copied over and a progress bar shows when the installation is complete.
If you are not able to install Libreoffice in your MAC machine, [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/macos/ follow this official website installation instructions]

===Working with the application===

==== Starting a new document ====

===== From the Start Center =====
You can start a new, blank document in Writer in several ways. If a document is already open in LibreOffice, the new document opens in a new window.
* From the Start Center
When LibreOffice is open but no document is open, the Start Center is shown. Click the Create: Writer Document button to create a new text document.
* From the operating system menu
You can open the LibreOffice Start Center or the Writer component from the operating system menu in the same way that you start other programs. When LibreOffice was installed on your computer, in most cases a menu entry for each component was added to the system menu.<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">
File:LibreOfficeStartCenter.png|LibreOffice start center
</gallery>

===== Opening an existing document =====
You can open an existing document in any of the following options.

Option1: Choose '''File > Open''' on the Menu bar.

Option2: Press '''Ctrl+O''' on the keyboard.

Option3: Click on the '''Open icon''' on the Standard toolbar
==== LibreOffice Writer interface ====
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations including saving, editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document. The commonly used parts of the window are discussed below.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="LibreOffice Writer menu">
File:LO Writer Menu Bar window.png|LibreOffice Writer (Parts of the window)
</gallery>

'''1. Title bar'''

The Title bar is located at the top of the Writer window. It shows the file name of the current document. When the document is not yet named, the document name will appear as Untitled X, where X is a number. Untitled documents are numbered in the order in which they are created.

'''2. Menu bar'''

The Menu bar is located just below the Title bar in Windows and Linux and at the top of the screen in macOS. When you select one of the menus, a submenu drops down to show further options,including:
# Commands that directly cause an action, such as Close or Save, in the File menu.
# Commands that open further sub menus.
'''3. Standard toolbar'''

In a default LibreOffice installation , the top toolbar, just under the Menu bar, is called the Standard toolbar. This gives quick access to different types of elements and tools to the users.

'''4. Formatting toolbar'''

The second toolbar at the top is the Formatting toolbar. It is context-sensitive; that is, it shows the tools relevant to the current position of the cursor or the selected object. For example, when the cursor is in text, the Formatting toolbar provides tools for formatting text. When the cursor is on a graphic (image), the tools are for formatting images. Other toolbars are available at '''View > Toolbars'''.

'''5. Rulers'''

The horizontal ruler across the top of the workspace is visible by default but the vertical ruler on the left is hidden by default.

To enable the vertical ruler, choose View > Rulers > Vertical Ruler from the Menu bar, or choose Tools > Options > LibreOffice Writer > View. To quickly show or hide both rulers, use the key combination Ctrl+Shift+R.

==== Editing document====
You can start adding the text from where the cursor blinks. You can also reposition cursor as per the requirement in the document.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Cursor">
File:Cursor blink.png|
</gallery>
===== Cut, copy, and paste text =====
* Using cut, copy and paste options are similar to any other applications. You can copy or move text, image or any other objects within a document, or between documents. These features can be used by dragging or by using keyboard shortcuts.
'''Note:''' You can also copy text from other sources such as Web pages and paste it into a text document.
* To move (drag and drop) selected text using the mouse, drag it to the new location and release it; the cursor changes shape while dragging. To copy selected text, hold down the '''Ctrl''' key while dragging. The text retains the formatting it had before dragging.

* To move (cut and paste) selected text, use '''Ctrl+X''' to cut the text, insert the cursor at the paste-in point and use '''Ctrl+V''' to paste. Alternatively, use the buttons on the Standard toolbar.

* When you paste text, the result depends on the source of the text and how you paste it. If you click the Paste button, then the pasted text keeps its original formatting (such as bold or italics). Text pasted from Web sites and other sources may be placed automatically into frames or tables as part of the format when you paste. If you do not like the results, click the Undo button or press '''Ctrl+Z'''.
To make the pasted text show the paragraph style at the insertion point:
# Choose '''Edit > Paste Special''', or
# Click the arrow on the combination Paste button, or
# Click the Paste button without releasing the left mouse button.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Copy text.png| Copy text
File:Copy image.png|Copy image
</gallery>

==== Using text formatting ====
The format option is for changing the text styles like text font, text size and text color options. For many of these options, we can use shortcut icons from formatting toolbar as shown below.<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Format features.png|Formatting properties
</gallery>

# Font name: Choose font name from dropdown
# Font size: Choose font size from the dropdown
# Make selected text '''Bold'''
# Make selected text ''Italic''
# Make selected text Underline
# Make selected text stikethrough(Eg: <s>stikethrough</s>)
# Make selected text as superscript
# Make selected text as subscript
# Choose Font color from the dropdown
# Make selected text to highlight with color
# Change the background color

'''Using Bulleting and Numbering'''

The Bullets and Numbering feature on the formatting toolbar can be used to create nested lists and access the Bullets and Numbering dialog.
# To add the bullets and numbers to text information, choose '''Format - Bullets and Numbering'''. You can also select the different symbols of bullets and numbers here. You can also find the Bullets and Numbers in the formatting toolbar
# An important feature of Writer is to enable you present your information through simple and short points ('bullet points').
# For the selected text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed. You can create sub-numbered lists.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Bulleting numbering.png| Bulleting and Numbering
File:Bulleting.png|Bulleting Dialogue
File:Numbering.png|Numbering & Alphabetical Dialogue
</gallery>

==== Using paragraph formatting ====
You can apply many formats to paragraphs using the icons on the Formatting toolbar. Other formatting options are provided under the format option from the menu bar.

On the Formatting toolbar, the icons and formats include( As labeled in below paragraph properties image)
# Apply '''Paragraph Style''' from formatting toolbar .
# Align Left, Center Horizontally, Align Right, or Justified.
# Line Spacing (choose from 1, 1.15, 1.5, 2, or custom spacing. Line spacing refers to the distance from one baseline (the imaginary line at the bottom of a letter like “n” or “m”) to the next baseline. It is determined by the size of the font.
# Increase Paragraph Spacing, Decrease Paragraph Spacing. ( Paragraph spacing refers to the vertical spacing between one paragraph and the paragraphs above and below it.
# Increase Indent, Decrease Indent.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Paragraph properties.png|Paragraph properties
</gallery>

==== Inserting & Formatting Images ====
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyperlinks, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas and etc...
#To insert an image, Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted (Images need to be browsed from your computer local folders).
#The inserted image (triangle) will looks like below (Image3).
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px" caption="Insert option in LibreOffice Writer">
File:Insert images.png|Insert Menu
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View
</gallery>After you insert any image if you want to resize (height*width), click on the image and select any of the dots on the corner of the image and drag to increase or decrease the size of the image

===== Editing image =====

'''1. Using the Crop tool''' To use the Crop tool click on the crop icon as shown in Image1 or right-click on the image and select Crop from the context menu. Cropping
handles appear at the corners and mid-points of the sides of the image. Drag a handle to cut off part of the image. Click outside the image to turn off cropping mode.

'''2. Compressing images (See Image2)'''
* If you insert a large image in your document and resize it to fit into the layout of the page, the complete original image is stored in the document file to preserve its content, resulting in a large document file to store or send by mail.
* If you can accept some loss of quality of the image rendering, you can compress or resize the image object to reduce its data volume while preserving its display in the page layout. You probably don’t want to compress something that will be professionally printed.
* Right-click to select the image and open the context menu. Then choose Compress to open the Compress Image dialog . Click OK to apply the compression settings. If the resulting image is not acceptable, press Ctrl+Z to undo and choose another compression setting.
'''3. Transparency:''' set the transparency options for the image using this button as shown in Image1.

'''4. Rotating images''' Rotate images if required using button showed in Image1<gallery mode="packed" heights="400">
File:Image editng.png|Image1: Image Formatting features
File:Compress Image.png|Image 2: Image compressing window
</gallery>

==== Inserting & Formatting Table ====
* To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select "Insert Table", in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from standard toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.
* You can format your table by selecting the options in 'Table'. Move your cursor inside the table and 'Select -> Table'. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -> Size), add or remove borders (Table -> Properties -> Borders), split or merge cells (Table -> Merge Cells, Table -> Split Cells) etc
* You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select 'Paste Special -> Formatted text option.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Inserting Table">
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Select rows and columns
File:Table Formatting.png|Table Formatting
</gallery>
# Align text to the top, middle and to the bottom
# Apply Borders to cells and tables
# Insert caption for the table

==== Finding and replacing text ====
Writer has two ways to find text within a document: The Find toolbar for fast searching and the Find & Replace dialog. If the Find toolbar is not visible, you can display it by choosing '''View > Toolbars > Find from the Menu bar''' or by pressing '''Ctrl+F'''

'''Using the Find toolbar'''
* To use the Find toolbar, click in the text input box and type your search text, then press Enter to find the next occurrence of that term from the current cursor position. Click the Find Next or Find Previous buttons as needed.
* Click the Find All button to select all instances of the search term within the document.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300">
File:Using the Find toolbar.png|Using the Find toolbar
</gallery>

'''Using the Find & Replace dialog'''

To display the Find & Replace dialog, use the keyboard shortcut '''Ctrl+H''', or choose '''Edit > Find & Replace''' from the Menu bar
Use the Find & Replace dialog:
* Type the text you want to find in the Find box.
* To replace the text with different text, type the new text in the Replace box.
* You can select various options, such as matching the case or matching whole words only. The other options include searching only in selected text, searching from the current cursor position backwards toward the beginning of the document, searching for similar words, and searching in comments.
* When you have set up your search, click Find Next. As the document view moves to each found instance, replace the text by clicking Replace.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="450px">
File:Expanded Find & Replace dialog.png|Expanded Find & Replace dialog
</gallery>

==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====

#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections. This can be done in two ways
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image.
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents. Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”. For updating table of content, right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px" caption="Inserting Table of Content">
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content
</gallery>

==== Adding page header and footer ====

# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert--->Footer.
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert--->Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields
</gallery>

==== Spelling check ====
#Spelling - By enabling '''automatic spell checking''' under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also 'add your word to the dictionary' so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling.
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on '''spelling and grammar''' under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Formatting in LibreOffice Writer">
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking
</gallery>

==== Language package installation in LibreOffice ====
* LibreOffice interface has been translated (localized) into over 40 languages and most of the Indian languages. Additionally, there are over 70 spelling dictionaries available for languages. The dictionaries are available from the [https://www.libreoffice.org/ LibreOffice website]. To use LibreOffice interface in your own language like hindi, kannada or in any other language, please follow below instructions.

* Once again double click on the '''downloaded installation file''' (from the section #''For Windows'' section), which will open LibreOffice installer wizard click on the '''next''' option
* On the next (Program Maintenance) screen you will get 3 options (Modify, Repair, Remove), choose '''Modify''' option and click on '''next'''.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Hindi package 1.jpg|Installation wizard
File:Hindi package 2.jpg|Select modify
</gallery>
* In the next screen, if you would like to install and use LibreOffice in your preferred language, then click on '''+ button''' (small down arrow) in "user interface languages"
* It will open the list of languages available, in that select '''your preferred language''' and select “'''This feature will be installed on the local hard drive'''”.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:3. LO hi UI - select user interface.PNG|User interface Languages
File:4. LO hi UI - select hi package from the list.png|Select your preferred language
</gallery>
* Once all the required changes are done on the screen, click “Next >”
* On the next "File Type" window, select all the options to open Microsoft Office files, Click “Next >”
* Next screen "Shortcut and Load during system startup" screen click on the Install button to finish the installation.

==== Changing LibreOffice language interface (after the installation) ====
* When creating a presentation in other languages, you can use the language setting '''( Tools-> Options -> Language settings -> Languages -> User Interface -> Add the required language )''' to create styles that only differ in the language in formatting attributes. This allows you to easily check spelling of all of the presentation contents without affecting appearance.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:LO_Tools Language select.png|Menubar tools
File:LO_language interface_language settings, user interface.jpg|Languages interface
</gallery>

==== Typing regional languages ====

===== Typing regional language in Ubuntu =====
In Ubuntu by default you can type English in any application and by default it will use only Unicode fonts unless you manually changing it to non-unicode.[[File:Selecting Ibus in your computer .png|300px|left|thumb|Selecting Ibus for typing languages]] Also you can type any your local languages in Ubuntu by adding those languages in IBUS. For typing in any local language, Ubuntu will use application called Ibus. You can follow the below step to set up Ibus and to add languages in the typing list. 
# Go to Applications -> System tools -> System Settings -> Language Support ->Look at the Keyboard input method system Select '''IBus''' and close the window.
# Log-out your computer and log-in to applying this changes.
{{clear}}
Now you have to add your languages in "Text Entry" to type it. You can type multiple language in any application by adding it in this list. 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Adding languages in Text Entry">
File:Ibus - adding languages in Text entry.png|Selecting Text Entry from the top panel
File:Ibus - select plus to add .png| Adding languages in Text Entry
</gallery>
# Click on '''"En"''' from the top panel and select "Text Entry".
# Once the Text Entry window opens, click on "+" arrow mark, as shown in image.
# The language list window will open, search your languages by typing it in search box. It will show the all the typing methods for the language. Choose a keyboard layout you are comfortable with and click "Add".
# Yes, you are finished all the set up, after this your language list looks like below.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Adding languages in Text Entry">
File:Ibus - adding languages.png| Adding Hindi to my language list
File:Ibus - added telugu.png|Added Hindi 3 typing methods

</gallery> 
Now its time to type your added language in most of the applications. Click on the language panel "En" (right top corner of the screen) and select language in which you want to type. When you select language, icon will change to that language. The very important is you can add multiple languages in this list.

===== Typing regional language on Microsoft windows OS =====
Click on [https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/change-your-keyboard-layout-245c49b8-f856-7fd7-2cf5-41e54c66f5b3#ID0EBBD=Windows_8.1 this link] to know more about typing regional language in windows 7 or 8

Click on [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/available-language-packs-for-windows?view=windows-11 this link] to know more about typing regional language in windows 10 or 11

==== Tracking changes to a document ====
You can use several methods to keep track of changes made to a document.
* Make your changes to a copy of the document (stored in a different folder, under a different name, or both), then use Writer to compare the two files and show the changes you made. This technique is particularly useful if you are the only person working on the document, as it avoids the increase in file size and complexity caused by the other methods.
* Save versions that are stored as part of the original file. However, this method can cause problems with large or complex documents, especially if you save a lot of versions. Avoid this method if you can.
* Use Writer’s change marks (often called “revision marks”) to show added or deleted material or changed formatting. Later, you or another person can review and accept or reject each change.
'''Preparing a document for review'''

When you send a document to someone else to review or edit, you may want to prepare it first so that the editor or reviewer does not have to remember to turn on the revision marks.
* Open the document. Check whether it contains multiple versions by clicking '''File > Versions'''. If multiple versions are listed, save the current version as a separate document with a different name and use this new document as the review copy.
* With the review copy open, make sure that change recording is turned on. The '''Edit > Track Changes > Record Changes''' menu item has a check mark next to it when recording is turned on.
* To begin tracking (recording) changes, click '''Edit > Track Changes > Record Changes'''. To show or hide the display of changes, click '''Edit > Track Changes > Show Changes'''.
* To stop recording changes, click '''Edit > Track Changes > Record Changes''' again.
The results of accepting or rejecting a change are as follows:
* '''Accept:''' incorporates the alteration into the document and removes the change indication marking.
* '''Reject:''' reverts the document to its original state and removes the change indication marking.

====Saving the file====
* Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –> SAVE command, or by the shortcut key '''CTRL+S'''. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.

* Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a 'html' (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser or MS word format which is supported by Windows operating system. 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px" caption="Export in to different formats">
File:Save as odt.png| Save as ODT
File:Export as PDF.png|Export as PDF
File:Save as Doc.png| Save in MS word format
</gallery>

====Advanced features====
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author)
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions

===Ideas for resource creation===
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports.

===References===
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn LibreOffice Impress

2022-03-23T15:46:02Z

Rakesh:

[https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%B2%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%AC%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%87_%E0%A4%91%E0%A4%AB%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%87%E0%A4%82%E0%A4%AA%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%87%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A5%87%E0%A4%82 हिंदी] ''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%87%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]''
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}
===Introduction===
====Basic information====
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|ICT Competency
|LibreOffice Impress is a free and open source application for creating generic resources, in the form of slide presentations.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|LibreOffice Impress can be used to create slides that contain many different elements including text, lists, tables, charts, audio and video links etc. Slides are often used in training programs and in teaching to quickly and simply communicate ideas through points.
|-
|Version
|Version: 7.3
|-
|Configuration
|No specific configuration requirements
|-
|Other similar applications
|'''[http://sozi.baierouge.fr/ Sozi], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/impress.html Apache OpenOffice Impress],''' ''[http://google.com/slides/about Google Drive Slides] are all presentation software applications''
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.collabora.libreoffice Collabora Office for Android] and [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-and-ios/ for iOS]
You can use [https://deckdeckgo.com/ DeckDeckGo] for creating and sharing presentations online. It is a FOSS alternative for Google Slides. Although there are similar full office-suite along with Google Drive storage service like NextCloud, this is simpler when we just want to use a clean presentation tool. It works on mobile too.
|-
|Development and community help
|1. [http://www.libreoffice.org/ Official Website]
2. [https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/images/a/ac/IG40-ImpressGuideLO.pdf LibreOffice Impress help document]
|}

====Overview of Features====
LibreOffice Impress lets you create professional slide shows that can include charts, drawing objects, text, multimedia and a variety of other items. We can import and modify Microsoft PowerPoint presentations.
On-screen slide shows, animation, slide transitions are a few of the techniques you can use to make presentation more appealing. Impress also includes a spelling checker, text styles and background styles, to communicate information in simple and powerful ways.

====Installation====
=====For Ubuntu=====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),
##Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.
##sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer
===== For Windows =====
# Download '''LibreOffice windows installer''' from below
## [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86&lang=pick Click here for the 32-bit version]
## [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86_64&lang=pick Click here for the 64-bit version]
# If you are unsure which Windows version you have, press Win+Pause to open your system properties window. The LibreOffice Main Installer download page can be selected with a built-in help file for your language:
# Double-click on download "LibreOffice_..._Win_x64.msi" file to begin installation
# It will start downloading "'''LibreOffice"''' into your computer (by default browser will save the files in "'''Downloads'''" folder in your system)

Click Yes if it ask your permission to allow this program make change to the computer,The Installation Wizard Welcome dialog box opens advising that the installation process is about to be started. Click “Next >”

[[File:Step1 LO Installation.png|650px|Downloading LibreOffice]]
[[File:Step2 LO Installation.png|650px|Installation wizard]]

Another dialog box opens, giving you a choice whether you want a default installation, or whether you want to choose special locations and components. If you want a default installation, just press “Next >”. If you want to make special choices, click on “Custom” and then press “Next >”.The Custom Setup enables changes to the features that will be installed. If you would like to install the spelling dictionaries, hyphenation rules, thesauri and grammar checkers:
* Click Expand Optional Components
* Click Expand Dictionaries

<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">
File:Step3 LO Installation.png|Setup type
File:Step6 LO Installation.png|File type selection
</gallery>

Another dialog box opens, inviting you to choose whether to open Microsoft Office documents with LibreOffice. By default, this feature is not enabled. If you want LibreOffice to open Microsoft Office files (documents, spreadsheets and presentations), put a check mark in all four checkboxes.Another dialog box opens, asking you whether:

* A shortcut to open LibreOffice should be placed on your desktop. The default option is to create a shortcut.
* To load LibreOffice during system start-up.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">

File:Step7 LO Installation.png|Ready to install the program
File:Step9 LO Installation.png|Finish
</gallery>

'''''If you are not able to install LibreOffice in your windows machine, [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/windows/ follow this official website installation instruction]''''' or [https://youtu.be/ne-8PMLCj_k Click here] to see the LibreOffice Installation- English Tutorial

=====For MAC OS=====
#Go to [https://www.fosshub.com/LibreOffice.html this click] and click on '''libreoffic MAC OS''' for MAC laptops
#It will start downloading "LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg" into your computer (by defulat browser will save the files in "'''Downloads'''" folder in your system
#Double-click on download "'''LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg'''" file to begin installation
#An installation window appears: drag and drop the LibreOffice icon onto the Applications icon in the same window. You may be required to enter your administrator password.
#The files are copied over and a progress bar shows when the installation is complete.
If you are not able to install Libreoffice in your MAC machine, [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/macos/ follow this official website installation instructions]
===Working with the application===

==== Opening a presentation slide ====
[[File:LO1 Introduction.png|Opening a presentation|600px|left]]
# In Ubuntu LibreOffice Impress can be opened from Applications → Office → LibreOffice Impress and In windows double click on the Libre office desktop shortcut.
# When you open the LibreOffice Impress application, it will show the window like this. You can click the cursor on "Click to add title" and type the title of the information you want to enter. And then you can click the cursor on "Click to add text" and type the information you want to present. 
{{clear}}

==== Inserting new slide (Add new slide, Duplicate slide, select slide layout) ====
* When you create a new presentation, Impress shows only one slide in the Slides pane and Workspace. You can add new slides or duplicate slides to your presentation as follows.
* Inserting new slide A new slide is inserted into a presentation using one of the following methods.

* Go to Slide > New Slide on the Menu bar.
* Right-click in the Slides pane and select New Slide from the context menu.
* Use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl+M .
* Go to Slide Sorter view in the Workspace, right-click on a slide and select New Slide from the context menu.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Insert New slide.png|Insert new slide from menu bar
File:Duplicate slide.png| Duplicate slide
</gallery>
'''Duplicate a slide'''
To duplicate a slide, select the slide you want to duplicate in the Slides pane and use one of the following methods. A duplicate slide is inserted after the selected slide in the presentation.
* Right-click on a slide in the Slides pane and select Duplicate Slide from the context menu.
* Go to Slide Sorter view in the Workspace, right-click on a slide and select Duplicate Slide from the context menu.
* Go to Slide > Duplicate Slide on the Menu bar.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Slidelayout.png|Slide layout
File:Slide content type.png|Slide content type
</gallery>
{{Clear}}

{{Clear}}
'''Changing slide layout'''
After selecting a slide in your presentation, change the slide layout using one of the following methods:
* Click on the required layout in Layouts section of the Properties deck in the Sidebar
* Go to Slide > Layout on the Menu bar and select the required layout from the drop down list.
* Right click on a slide in the Slides pane, select Layout from the context menu and select the required layout from the drop down list.
* Click on the Slide Layout icon on the Presentation toolbar and select a layout from the options available.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Slide Layout.png|Slide layout panel
</gallery>

'''Slide contents'''
Several layouts contain one or more content boxes. Each of these boxes can be configured to contain one of the following elements: slide title, text, table, chart, image or audio/video,etc
* '''Slide title''' – click on Click to add Title and type a title in the text box. Impress enters text editing mode and the Text Formatting toolbar automatically opens.
* '''Text''' – click on Click to add Text and type your contents in the text box. Impress enters text editing mode and the Text Formatting toolbar automatically opens.
[https://spoken-tutorial.org/watch/LibreOffice+Suite+Impress+6.3/Creating+a+presentation+in+Impress/English/ Watch this video to learn inserting slides and formatting slides]
{{Clear}}

==== Adding text ====
There are two ways of adding text to a slide – contents box or text box.
* '''Contents box –''' click Click to add text in the contents box and type your text. Outline styles are automatically applied to the text as you insert it. You can change the outline level of each paragraph as well as its position within the contents box by using the arrow buttons on the Outline toolbar and Workspace Outline view.
* '''Text box –''' click on Text on the Standard toolbar or Drawing toolbar to select text mode, then click on your slide. A text box is created and the Text Formatting toolbar automatically opens. Type your text and click outside the text box to end text mode.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Insert textbox 2.png|Textbox
File:Insert textbox.png| Insert textbox from menubar
</gallery>
{{Clear}}

==== Text Formatting ====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:Formatting text settings.png|Text formatting properties
File:Text Properties window.png|Text properies panel
</gallery>
* To format added text go to sidebar settings and click on properties as shown in the animation
* To copy text from one place to another, or from one document to another, you can select the text, go to Edit --→ Copy and go to a different place in the document to paste it; Edit → Paste. The editing menu also has an important feature for searching selected words. You can use the Edit--> Find the option for searching selected words.
* The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format, and text wrapping options. many of these options can use short-cut icons from the formatting text toolbar, the letter “B” and “I” can be used to make the text bold and italics.
* You can type in text in different languages, not only in English. You can type a paragraph of text with words/sentences in different languages. The IBUS application allows you to type in most Indian languages. To type in Hindi or Kannada or Telugu or Tamil, visit the [[Learn_Ubuntu]] page
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:1. formatting text.gif|Bold,Italic,Underline etc
File:2. Formatting text.gif| Alignment fetures
</gallery>{{Clear}}

==== Using bullet and numbering features ====
* To add the bullets and numbers to text information, choose Format - Bullets and Numbering. You can also select the different symbols of bullets and numbers here.
* An important feature of Impress is to enable you present your information through simple and short points ('bullet points').
* For the selected text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed. You can create sub-numbered lists.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Bullets.png|Add Bullets or Numbers
File:3. Formatting text.gif| Selecting bullets or numbers
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Inserting images ====
* By adding images, videos or any other media will make you presentation more informative and attractive. To add images, go to the "'''insert'''" from the menu bar and click on the '''image''' option and select the image which you want to insert from your local drive, select and click on '''"open".'''
* Alternatively after inserting a new slide, on the inserted new slide you can move the cursor around that, and it will show the option "'''Insert Image'''". Along with image, you can insert table, video or graph.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Add image.gif| Insert Image
File:Image editing.png|Edit Image
</gallery>{{Note|Note=When resizing a graphic, right-click the picture. Select Position and Size from the context menu and make sure that Keep ratio is selected. Then adjust the height or width to the size you need. As you adjust one dimension, both dimensions will change to keep the width and height ratio the same, ensuring that the picture will not become distorted. Remember also that resizing a bitmap image will reduce its quality; it is better to create an image of the desired size outside of Impress.}}

When resizing a graphic, right-click the picture. Select Position and Size from the context menu and make sure that Keep ratio is selected. Then adjust the height or width to the size you need. As you adjust one dimension, both dimensions will change to keep the width and height ratio the same, ensuring that the picture will not become distorted. Remember also that resizing a bitmap image will reduce its quality; it is better to create an image of the desired size outside of Impress.{{clear}}

==== Insert Hyperlinks ====
* Insert Web link- Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink or select the text that you want to put the hyperlink on.

* Select Hyperlink command from the Insert menu. When you present your slides (using 'Slide Show' from the Menu), you will be able to click this web link and open the web page with that address (you will need internet connectivity for this). You can also use this to link a file on your own computer, which can be opened in the same manner.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Insert hyperlink.png|Insert Hyperlink
File:Insert hyperlink 2.png|Hyperlink wizard
</gallery>
{{clear}}

==== Insert Table and table formatting ====
* Go to Insert, Table on the Menu bar, select the number of rows and columns required from the Insert Table dialog that opens. Don’t worry if you aren’t sure how many you will need at first, you can always edit the table later, but if you do know your needs, this is a good time to fill it in since it is more work to fix it later.

* Alternatively, click on "Table" icon on toolbar and select the number of rows and columns by dragging the cursor.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:Tabletoolbar.png|Insert table from the insert menu
File:Table properties.png|Table design and Table properties
</gallery>
* This will insert a default table into your slide with the number of rows and columns you specified. But if you look to the Sidebar on the right you will see that the Properties window has opened the Table Design section for you. You can do a lot from this toolbar, so let’s take a look at it. Under table design you can change into any predefined table designs.

* Remember that you can always read the name of the button by moving over it and reading the pop-up.
{{Clear}}

==== Changing the template using 'Master slide' ====
* Impress comes with a collection of master slides which you can use it for to change the slide background. Click on the '''master slide''' section from task panel on right side of the working window, and click on the slide design which you want to apply for your slide. After you select background for your slide and to apply the same background to all the slides in your file, right click on the master slide from side panel and select "'''Apply to all slides'''".
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Master slides.png|Apply template to all slides
File:Master slides 2.png|Apply template to selected slides
</gallery>
* After you select background for your slide and apply the same background to selected slides in your file, right click on the master slide from side panel and select "'''Apply to selected slide'''".
{{Clear}}

==== Adding Header, Footer to slide ====
* To add the header or footer go to insert menu from the top menu bar and click on header footer > Add the header or footer like fixed date , variable date , slide number etc.” Check “Date and Time” and choose a time setting. Choose between “Update automatically” and “Fixed” as a display type. If you choose “Fixed,” type the date in the blank.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:Steps to add header and footer.png|Add header and footer
File:Header and footer.gif| Add header and footer
</gallery>

{{Clear}}

==== Custom animation for presentation ====
[[File:LO_Impress_5_Custom_animation.png|600px|left]]
* Custom animation - Opens the Custom Animation from task panel on right side of the working window. Alternatively choose Slide from Menu Bar and then click on 'Custom Animation'.
* There will be varieties of styles to add, you can choose. Custom animation enables you to present your text in different styles. You can have the text come in different speeds, in different ways, this makes it interesting for the viewer by providing visual relief.
* Try different animation methods and have fun!
{{Clear}}

==== Slide Transitions ====
To add the slide transition wherein the transitions can be applied to the selected slide or to all slides.
# In Normal view, select the slide that you want to add the transition effect to.
# On the Tasks pane, click Slide Transition.
# Select a slide transition from the list.
To preview the transition effect for a slide, click the small icon underneath the slide on the Slides Pane.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:To work with slide transition.png|Click on slide transition
File:Slide transition.png|Slide transition panel
</gallery>'''To remove a transition effect'''
# In Slide Sorter View, select the slides that you want to remove the transition effect from.
# Choose No Transition in the listbox on the Tasks pane.

{{Clear}}

==== Inserting other objects ====
* To add any objects to a slide, for example formula,QR code etc click on insert and go to object then select the object as per the requirement.
* To add formula under the object in the slide click on insert--> object--> formula, formula available for unary/binary operators, relations. set operations, functions, brackets, attributes.
* To add fields like slide number,title,count, Author name etc click on insert--> fields
*
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Object.png|Insert formula
File:Insert objects 2.png|Insert fields in slide like slidenumber ,title
</gallery>
{{Clear}}
{{Clear}}

{{Clear}}

==== Running Sideshow ====
[[File:Slide_show.png|left|600x600px|Left]]
* To run the slideshow go to the slideshow from the top menu bar, click on the "Slide Show" and click on '''"Start from First Slide"''' or use the keyboard shortcut key '''"f5"''' to start the presentation from the first slide of your presentation.

* The same way you start your slides presentation from the current slide which you are seeing on your screen by pressing '''"Shift+f5"''' keyboard shortcut keys or click on the "Slide Show" and click on '''"Start from Current Slide"'''.

* For an automatic change to the next slide, you must assign a slide transition to each slide.
# Open the Slide Transition sidebar deck.
# In the Advance slide area, click Automatically after, and select a time duration.
# Click Apply to All Slides.

{{Clear}}

==== Language package installation in LibreOffice ====
* LibreOffice interface has been translated (localized) into over 40 languages and most of the Indian languages. Additionally, there are over 70 spelling dictionaries available for languages. The dictionaries are available from the [https://www.libreoffice.org/ LibreOffice website]. To use LibreOffice interface in your own language like hindi, kannada or in any other language, please follow below instructions.

* Once again double click on the '''downloaded installation file''' (from the section #''For Windows'' section), which will open LibreOffice installer wizard click on the '''next''' option
* On the next (Program Maintenance) screen you will get 3 options (Modify, Repair, Remove), choose '''Modify''' option and click on '''next'''.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Hindi package 1.jpg|Installation wizard
File:Hindi package 2.jpg|Select modify
</gallery>
* In the next screen, if you would like to install and use LibreOffice in your preferred language, then click on '''+ button''' (small down arrow) in "user interface languages"
* It will open the list of languages available, in that select '''your preferred language''' and select “'''This feature will be installed on the local hard drive'''”.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:3. LO hi UI - select user interface.PNG|User interface Languages
File:4. LO hi UI - select hi package from the list.png|Select your preferred language
</gallery>
* Once all the required changes are done on the screen, click “Next >”
* On the next "File Type" window, select all the options to open Microsoft Office files, Click “Next >”
* Next screen "Shortcut and Load during system startup" screen click on the Install button to finish the installation.

==== Changing LibreOffice language interface (after the installation) ====
* When creating a presentation in other languages, you can use the language setting '''( Tools-> Options -> Language settings -> Languages -> User Interface -> Add the required language )''' to create styles that only differ in the language in formatting attributes. This allows you to easily check spelling of all of the presentation contents without affecting appearance.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:LO_Tools Language select.png|Menubar tools
File:LO_language interface_language settings, user interface.jpg|Languages interface
</gallery>

====Saving the files and formats====
*Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents.
*The files will be saved as ".odp".
*The files can be exported to a PDF format (FILE - EXPORT as PDF). This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also save your file in the Microsoft ppt format (FILE - SAVE AS).
<gallery mode="packed" heights="450">
File:Export as PDF new.png|Export as PDF
File:SAVE AS PPT.png|Save as PPT
</gallery>

{{Clear}}

====Advanced features====

You can use custom animation in advanced ways to present text, audio, video and images in rich ways. You have different options to print your slides - only slides or as a handout.

=== Video tutorials ===
[https://spoken-tutorial.org/tutorial-search/?search_foss=LibreOffice+Suite+Impress+6.3&search_language=English Click here to see the video tutorials to learn LibreOffice Impress]

===Ideas for resource creation===
*You can organize and structure teaching ideas through slide presentations. You can animate your slides and combine text, image, audio and video elements for richer communication.

===References===
#[https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/images/a/ac/IG40-ImpressGuideLO.pdf The Document Foundation]
#LibreOffice Impress Official [https://www.libreoffice.org/ Website]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Firefox

2022-03-09T10:23:43Z

Rakesh: /* Access, Download OER videos from Youtube */

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%AB%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]'' [https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%AB%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%AF%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%AB%E0%A5%89%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%8F हिंदी में देखें]

===Introduction===
Mozilla Firefox (or simply Firefox) is a free and open-source web browser developed by the Mozilla Foundation and its subsidiary. Firefox is available for Windows, MacOS and Linux operating systems; Firefox is also available for Android.
====Basic information====
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|ICT Competency
|Firefox is a free and open-source web browser for connecting and learning.
We will use it as a web browser to browse academic information and resources.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Accessing the web for one's learning as a global digital library is one of the most important advantages of ICT. A browser is essential for accessing pages on the web.
|-
|Version
|Firefox 75.00
|-
|Configuration
|No need to configure, its a web based application and need internet connection to browse.
|-
|Other similar applications
|'<nowiki/>''[https://www.google.com/chrome/ Google Chrome], '''[http://www.opera.com/download Opera]'<nowiki/>'''''
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://mozilla.org/firefox Mozilla Foundation and contributors - Mozilla Corporation]
|}

====Overview of Features====
Firefox browser supports many web standards for rendering of web pages; it renders most of the web pages correctly. Firefox is also known for its vast range of plug ins/add-ons that let the user customize in a variety of ways.

Firefox is a free, cross platform (available for Windows, Mac OS X and Linux platforms) web browser developed by Mozilla Corp. together with many other contributors.

For more detail visit https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Features_of_Firefox
====Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu Computer =====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing <code>Firefox</code> on top search bar in Software Centre.
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking '''Applications->System Tools->Terminal''' or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type the below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install firefox</code>

=====For Windows computer=====
Watch this video tutorial on Firefox installation on Windows computer 
{{#widget:YouTube|id=hm6gVPathWY|height=354|width=600}}
 
* Visit this <nowiki/>[https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/windows/ Mozilla Firefox]<nowiki/> page in any other browser, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer, Google Chrome. 
* '''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''Click the '''<nowiki/> Download Now <nowiki/>''' button.The Firefox Installer that downloads will automatically offer you the best available version of Firefox for your computer.'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''

*'''<nowiki/> '''If yo'''<nowiki/>'''u see an Open''<nowiki/>'' File - Security Warn'''<nowiki/>'''ing d'''<nowiki/>'''ialo''<nowiki/>''g, click '''Open''' '''<nowiki/>'''or '''Run'''
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Mozilla security warning.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'Open'<nowiki/>'''
File:Mozilla User Account Control.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'YES'<nowiki/>''' to start the installation
</gallery>
*The '''<nowiki/> User Account Control <nowiki/>'''dialog may open, to ask you to allow the ''<nowiki/>Firefox Installer <nowiki/>'' to make changes to your computer. If the below dialog box appears, click '''<nowiki/> YES <nowiki/>''' to start the installation.<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Mozilla firefox - Finishing the installation">
File:Mozilla finishing installtion.png|Finishing the installation
File:Mozilla working with the app.png|Finished Installation
</gallery>
* Wait for '''<nowiki/>F<nowiki/>irefox<nowiki/>''' to finish the installation.
''<nowiki/>''
*When the instal''<nowiki/>''lation is complete '''<nowiki/>Firefox<nowiki/>''' will open.

===Working with the application===
'''<nowiki/>'''
====Open'''<nowiki/>'''ing and accessing Firefox====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Opening and accessing Firefox">
File:Mozilla Opening through MENU.png|Opening Firefox in ubuntu
File:Opening firefox in windows.png|Opening Firefox in windows
File:Mozilla Opening & accessing the browser.png|thumb|The menu bar in Firefox
</gallery>
#Mozilla Firefox will appear under Applications > Internet >Firefox Web Browser.
#Main page will look like the second image. If you know the web address you can type it in the address bar. Ex; www.upsc.gov.in
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Searching for information using Firefox">
File:Mozilla accessing the address bar.png|Accessing address bar
File:Mozilla searching resources.png|Searching resources
File:Mozilla browsing information.png|Browsing information
</gallery>
#If you don’t know the particular web address, you can type the key word of searching object Ex;UPSC. you can search not only for text, but also for images, videos using search engine. In Google search engine (there are also other search engines), the search results has options for searching the web, or images or videos. You can download the file (video, text file, image file) to your computer. Check if the copyright of the file allows to copy and use.
#The search results will appear like in the third image. You can click on the links to access the information retrieved.
'''Tabs''' allow you to open and organize multiple websites inside a single Firefox window. This keeps your screen from getting filled fully and makes it easy to switch between sites.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Opening and closing tabs in firefox">
File:Tab in firefox.png|Open new tab in firefox
File:Close tabs.png|Close tab
</gallery>

==== Customize toolbar ====
Firefox's toolbar provides easy access to common features. The toolbar is easy to customize. You can change the items that appear in the menu or your toolbar. Click the menu button , click More Tools and choose Customize Toolbar.

A special tab will open which allows you to drag and drop items in or out of the menu and the toolbar. Feel free to experiment with what works best for you. You can always start over by clicking the Restore Defaults button at the bottom of the screen.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Customize toolbar">
File:Customize toolbar.png
</gallery>

====Image resources ====

You can search for images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ tab from the top google tab menu. If you want to download or save images to your computer, click on the images and once it open on the right side of the window, right click on the image and click on "'''Save image as'''". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching text resources.png|Searching image resources
</gallery>

===== Access and download OER images using Google search =====
# You can search for OER images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ link.
# Click on tools,
# Under usage rights select creative commons licenses to filter OER images
If you want to download or save images to your computer, right click on the image and click on "Save image as". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for OER image resources from the INTERNET">
File:Image Filter.png|Filter OER Images
File:Save image as.png|Save image resources
</gallery>

==== Access and download text resources from web ====
You could look for text information by simply typing the key word of your searching content, In the below image (Image1) you can see text information accessed for "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine. You can copy the search results information and can paste into your own text document.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching images.png|Searching text resources
File:Save page as HTML.png| Save in HTML format
File:Save as PDF.png| Save as PDF
</gallery>

Also you can save webpages in 2 formats to use in offline mode (In Browser you can save web pages in offline mode to use without internet)
# Save as HTML: If you are looking to save any webpage in HTML format for your offline use, right click on the webpage and click on save page as and select a folder where you want to save this file and click on save. Videos in the webpage will not be loaded in HTML format.
# Save as PDF: If you are looking to save any webpage in PDF format for your offline use,Click on application menu and goto print and select save as PDF to save your file.

====Access and download OER videos from Youtube ====

===== Using computer =====
The following animation will teach you how to use the "ss" prefix to easily download YouTube videos:

[[File:download youtube videos _2021-06-16 16-51.gif]]

# Go to your browser and find the video you want to download from YouTube.
# Click a video to play it, then pause it.
# Navigate to the video URL, add "ss" before "youtube.com ..." and press Enter.
# You will be redirected to another page where you can save the video.
# This page is the parent site of ssyoutube.com known as savefrom.net.
# You will find out information such as duration, title of the video, and also get a download link.
# To the right of the green download icon, you will see a drop-down menu. Click on it and select the format in which you want to download the video (with or without sound).

===== Using Mobile phone =====
[[File:download youtube videos .gif]]

==== Using History feature to revisit the webpages ====
Firefox keeps track of the websites you visit in your browsing sessions. To view your browsing history: Click on the Application menu button to open the menu panel. Click History and then click the Manage History bar at the bottom to open the Library window.The Library window that opens when you click the Manage History bar will show your browsing history.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Browsing history in firefox">
File:History in firefox.png|History
File:Manage History.png| Manage History
</gallery>

====Using Bookmark feature to save useful webpages links====

All modern web browsers include bookmark features. Bookmarks are called favourites or Internet short-cuts in Internet browser.

To add a bookmark, Go to Menu Bar and click the bookmarks and click on "add this to bookmarks" to save the current page as a bookmark. By default, new bookmarks are saved to the Unsorted bookmarks folder. If you want separate folder, you can also create as per our requirements.

To enable bookmark : Right clicking on the free tab space of the browser like shown in the below screenshot.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to make bookmark">
File:Mozilla how to make bookmark 1.png|Enabling '''<nowiki/> Menu <nowiki/>''' bar
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Using Private window feature ====
Private Browsing does not save your browsing information, such as history and cookies, and leaves no trace after you end the session. To use private window click on '''Application menu> New Private window''' and start browsing.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to browse using private window">
File:Private window.png|Private window in Firefox
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Changing browser default homepage ====
Set your favourite/most accessible website as your homepage so you can see it every time you open Firefox.
# Tap the menu button at the top-right corner of the browser, then Settings (In Windows you may need to go to "options").
# Tap '''General''', and then '''Home'''. Click the menu next to '''''Homepage and new windows''''' and choose '''custom URLs.'''
# Enter a URL which you want to make it default home page (example: https://duckduckgo.com) in new window and tabs.
# Close your browser and open your browser to apply the changes you have done.
[[File:change browser default homepage.gif]]

{{Note}}For Google Chrome users [https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95314?co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop&hl=en&oco=0 follow this link to set default homepage]

==== Accessing downloaded files ====

===Advanced features===
'''- Keyboard Shortcuts:''' Access all the Firefox browser short keys from [https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/kb/keyboard-shortcuts-perform-firefox-tasks-quickly this link]

'''- Open Source'''
Firefox is the only open source Web browser among the most used browsers on the Web as of March 2013. The open source nature of Firefox enables developers from all over the world to contribute code to the browser and extend the functionality of Firefox with add-ons and themes.

'''- Add-ons'''
Firefox is one of the most easily customized browsers thanks to its extensive library of add-ons. Add-ons are small bits of code that can extend the functionality of Firefox in an almost infinite number of ways.

'''- Security'''
Firefox features a number of tools designed to prevent malicious websites from causing harm.

Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].

'''- Download Settings''' By default in firefox browser the download path or download folder is downloads ( means if you download any resource from the internet it is saved in downloads folder). Suppose if you want to change the download path settings then click on application menu at the top right side of the screen and go to settings ( Application menu-> Settings -> General section > Files and Applications ). You will get two options here i) '''Save files to''' where you can browse your folder and set the download path ii) '''Always ask you where to save files''' using which you can save files to the selected folders.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Downloads in firefox">
File:Firefox downloads.png| Downloads
File:Change download settings.png| Change download settings
</gallery>

===Ideas for resource creation===
From the web browser, we can easily download whatever we want related to the subject (text,audio-video)

===References===
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefox Wikipedia]

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_browser Browser]

[https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/ Firefox]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Firefox

2022-03-09T10:21:59Z

Rakesh: /* Advanced features */

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%AB%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]'' [https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%AB%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%AF%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%AB%E0%A5%89%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%8F हिंदी में देखें]

===Introduction===
Mozilla Firefox (or simply Firefox) is a free and open-source web browser developed by the Mozilla Foundation and its subsidiary. Firefox is available for Windows, MacOS and Linux operating systems; Firefox is also available for Android.
====Basic information====
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|ICT Competency
|Firefox is a free and open-source web browser for connecting and learning.
We will use it as a web browser to browse academic information and resources.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Accessing the web for one's learning as a global digital library is one of the most important advantages of ICT. A browser is essential for accessing pages on the web.
|-
|Version
|Firefox 75.00
|-
|Configuration
|No need to configure, its a web based application and need internet connection to browse.
|-
|Other similar applications
|'<nowiki/>''[https://www.google.com/chrome/ Google Chrome], '''[http://www.opera.com/download Opera]'<nowiki/>'''''
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://mozilla.org/firefox Mozilla Foundation and contributors - Mozilla Corporation]
|}

====Overview of Features====
Firefox browser supports many web standards for rendering of web pages; it renders most of the web pages correctly. Firefox is also known for its vast range of plug ins/add-ons that let the user customize in a variety of ways.

Firefox is a free, cross platform (available for Windows, Mac OS X and Linux platforms) web browser developed by Mozilla Corp. together with many other contributors.

For more detail visit https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Features_of_Firefox
====Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu Computer =====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing <code>Firefox</code> on top search bar in Software Centre.
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking '''Applications->System Tools->Terminal''' or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type the below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install firefox</code>

=====For Windows computer=====
Watch this video tutorial on Firefox installation on Windows computer 
{{#widget:YouTube|id=hm6gVPathWY|height=354|width=600}}
 
* Visit this <nowiki/>[https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/windows/ Mozilla Firefox]<nowiki/> page in any other browser, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer, Google Chrome. 
* '''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''Click the '''<nowiki/> Download Now <nowiki/>''' button.The Firefox Installer that downloads will automatically offer you the best available version of Firefox for your computer.'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''

*'''<nowiki/> '''If yo'''<nowiki/>'''u see an Open''<nowiki/>'' File - Security Warn'''<nowiki/>'''ing d'''<nowiki/>'''ialo''<nowiki/>''g, click '''Open''' '''<nowiki/>'''or '''Run'''
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Mozilla security warning.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'Open'<nowiki/>'''
File:Mozilla User Account Control.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'YES'<nowiki/>''' to start the installation
</gallery>
*The '''<nowiki/> User Account Control <nowiki/>'''dialog may open, to ask you to allow the ''<nowiki/>Firefox Installer <nowiki/>'' to make changes to your computer. If the below dialog box appears, click '''<nowiki/> YES <nowiki/>''' to start the installation.<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Mozilla firefox - Finishing the installation">
File:Mozilla finishing installtion.png|Finishing the installation
File:Mozilla working with the app.png|Finished Installation
</gallery>
* Wait for '''<nowiki/>F<nowiki/>irefox<nowiki/>''' to finish the installation.
''<nowiki/>''
*When the instal''<nowiki/>''lation is complete '''<nowiki/>Firefox<nowiki/>''' will open.

===Working with the application===
'''<nowiki/>'''
====Open'''<nowiki/>'''ing and accessing Firefox====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Opening and accessing Firefox">
File:Mozilla Opening through MENU.png|Opening Firefox in ubuntu
File:Opening firefox in windows.png|Opening Firefox in windows
File:Mozilla Opening & accessing the browser.png|thumb|The menu bar in Firefox
</gallery>
#Mozilla Firefox will appear under Applications > Internet >Firefox Web Browser.
#Main page will look like the second image. If you know the web address you can type it in the address bar. Ex; www.upsc.gov.in
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Searching for information using Firefox">
File:Mozilla accessing the address bar.png|Accessing address bar
File:Mozilla searching resources.png|Searching resources
File:Mozilla browsing information.png|Browsing information
</gallery>
#If you don’t know the particular web address, you can type the key word of searching object Ex;UPSC. you can search not only for text, but also for images, videos using search engine. In Google search engine (there are also other search engines), the search results has options for searching the web, or images or videos. You can download the file (video, text file, image file) to your computer. Check if the copyright of the file allows to copy and use.
#The search results will appear like in the third image. You can click on the links to access the information retrieved.
'''Tabs''' allow you to open and organize multiple websites inside a single Firefox window. This keeps your screen from getting filled fully and makes it easy to switch between sites.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Opening and closing tabs in firefox">
File:Tab in firefox.png|Open new tab in firefox
File:Close tabs.png|Close tab
</gallery>

==== Customize toolbar ====
Firefox's toolbar provides easy access to common features. The toolbar is easy to customize. You can change the items that appear in the menu or your toolbar. Click the menu button , click More Tools and choose Customize Toolbar.

A special tab will open which allows you to drag and drop items in or out of the menu and the toolbar. Feel free to experiment with what works best for you. You can always start over by clicking the Restore Defaults button at the bottom of the screen.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Customize toolbar">
File:Customize toolbar.png
</gallery>

====Image resources ====

You can search for images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ tab from the top google tab menu. If you want to download or save images to your computer, click on the images and once it open on the right side of the window, right click on the image and click on "'''Save image as'''". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching text resources.png|Searching image resources
</gallery>

===== Access,download OER images using google search engine =====
# You can search for OER images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ link.
# Click on tools,
# Under usage rights select creative commons licenses to filter OER images
If you want to download or save images to your computer, right click on the image and click on "Save image as". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for OER image resources from the INTERNET">
File:Image Filter.png|Filter OER Images
File:Save image as.png|Save image resources
</gallery>

==== Accessing and downloading text resources from web ====
You could look for text information by simply typing the key word of your searching content, In the below image (Image1) you can see text information accessed for "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine. You can copy the search results information and can paste into your own text document.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching images.png|Searching text resources
File:Save page as HTML.png| Save in HTML format
File:Save as PDF.png| Save as PDF
</gallery>

Also you can save webpages in 2 formats to use in offline mode (In Browser you can save web pages in offline mode to use without internet)
# Save as HTML: If you are looking to save any webpage in HTML format for your offline use, right click on the webpage and click on save page as and select a folder where you want to save this file and click on save. Videos in the webpage will not be loaded in HTML format.
# Save as PDF: If you are looking to save any webpage in PDF format for your offline use,Click on application menu and goto print and select save as PDF to save your file.

===Access, Download OER videos from Youtube ===

==== Using computer ====
The following animation will teach you how to use the "ss" prefix to easily download YouTube videos:

[[File:download youtube videos _2021-06-16 16-51.gif]]

# Go to your browser and find the video you want to download from YouTube.
# Click a video to play it, then pause it.
# Navigate to the video URL, add "ss" before "youtube.com ..." and press Enter.
# You will be redirected to another page where you can save the video.
# This page is the parent site of ssyoutube.com known as savefrom.net.
# You will find out information such as duration, title of the video, and also get a download link.
# To the right of the green download icon, you will see a drop-down menu. Click on it and select the format in which you want to download the video (with or without sound).

==== Using Mobile phone ====
[[File:download youtube videos .gif]]

==== Using History feature to revisit the webpages ====
Firefox keeps track of the websites you visit in your browsing sessions. To view your browsing history: Click on the Application menu button to open the menu panel. Click History and then click the Manage History bar at the bottom to open the Library window.The Library window that opens when you click the Manage History bar will show your browsing history.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Browsing history in firefox">
File:History in firefox.png|History
File:Manage History.png| Manage History
</gallery>

====Using Bookmark feature to save useful webpages links====

All modern web browsers include bookmark features. Bookmarks are called favourites or Internet short-cuts in Internet browser.

To add a bookmark, Go to Menu Bar and click the bookmarks and click on "add this to bookmarks" to save the current page as a bookmark. By default, new bookmarks are saved to the Unsorted bookmarks folder. If you want separate folder, you can also create as per our requirements.

To enable bookmark : Right clicking on the free tab space of the browser like shown in the below screenshot.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to make bookmark">
File:Mozilla how to make bookmark 1.png|Enabling '''<nowiki/> Menu <nowiki/>''' bar
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Using Private window feature ====
Private Browsing does not save your browsing information, such as history and cookies, and leaves no trace after you end the session. To use private window click on '''Application menu> New Private window''' and start browsing.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to browse using private window">
File:Private window.png|Private window in Firefox
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Changing browser default homepage ====
Set your favourite/most accessible website as your homepage so you can see it every time you open Firefox.
# Tap the menu button at the top-right corner of the browser, then Settings (In Windows you may need to go to "options").
# Tap '''General''', and then '''Home'''. Click the menu next to '''''Homepage and new windows''''' and choose '''custom URLs.'''
# Enter a URL which you want to make it default home page (example: https://duckduckgo.com) in new window and tabs.
# Close your browser and open your browser to apply the changes you have done.
[[File:change browser default homepage.gif]]

{{Note}}For Google Chrome users [https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95314?co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop&hl=en&oco=0 follow this link to set default homepage]

==== Accessing downloaded files ====

===Advanced features===
'''- Keyboard Shortcuts:''' Access all the Firefox browser short keys from [https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/kb/keyboard-shortcuts-perform-firefox-tasks-quickly this link]

'''- Open Source'''
Firefox is the only open source Web browser among the most used browsers on the Web as of March 2013. The open source nature of Firefox enables developers from all over the world to contribute code to the browser and extend the functionality of Firefox with add-ons and themes.

'''- Add-ons'''
Firefox is one of the most easily customized browsers thanks to its extensive library of add-ons. Add-ons are small bits of code that can extend the functionality of Firefox in an almost infinite number of ways.

'''- Security'''
Firefox features a number of tools designed to prevent malicious websites from causing harm.

Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].

'''- Download Settings''' By default in firefox browser the download path or download folder is downloads ( means if you download any resource from the internet it is saved in downloads folder). Suppose if you want to change the download path settings then click on application menu at the top right side of the screen and go to settings ( Application menu-> Settings -> General section > Files and Applications ). You will get two options here i) '''Save files to''' where you can browse your folder and set the download path ii) '''Always ask you where to save files''' using which you can save files to the selected folders.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Downloads in firefox">
File:Firefox downloads.png| Downloads
File:Change download settings.png| Change download settings
</gallery>

===Ideas for resource creation===
From the web browser, we can easily download whatever we want related to the subject (text,audio-video)

===References===
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefox Wikipedia]

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_browser Browser]

[https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/ Firefox]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Firefox

2022-03-09T09:45:49Z

Rakesh: /* Browsing using private window */

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%AB%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]'' [https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%AB%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%AF%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%AB%E0%A5%89%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%8F हिंदी में देखें]

===Introduction===
Mozilla Firefox (or simply Firefox) is a free and open-source web browser developed by the Mozilla Foundation and its subsidiary. Firefox is available for Windows, MacOS and Linux operating systems; Firefox is also available for Android.
====Basic information====
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|ICT Competency
|Firefox is a free and open-source web browser for connecting and learning.
We will use it as a web browser to browse academic information and resources.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Accessing the web for one's learning as a global digital library is one of the most important advantages of ICT. A browser is essential for accessing pages on the web.
|-
|Version
|Firefox 75.00
|-
|Configuration
|No need to configure, its a web based application and need internet connection to browse.
|-
|Other similar applications
|'<nowiki/>''[https://www.google.com/chrome/ Google Chrome], '''[http://www.opera.com/download Opera]'<nowiki/>'''''
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://mozilla.org/firefox Mozilla Foundation and contributors - Mozilla Corporation]
|}

====Overview of Features====
Firefox browser supports many web standards for rendering of web pages; it renders most of the web pages correctly. Firefox is also known for its vast range of plug ins/add-ons that let the user customize in a variety of ways.

Firefox is a free, cross platform (available for Windows, Mac OS X and Linux platforms) web browser developed by Mozilla Corp. together with many other contributors.

For more detail visit https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Features_of_Firefox
====Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu Computer =====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing <code>Firefox</code> on top search bar in Software Centre.
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking '''Applications->System Tools->Terminal''' or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type the below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install firefox</code>

=====For Windows computer=====
Watch this video tutorial on Firefox installation on Windows computer 
{{#widget:YouTube|id=hm6gVPathWY|height=354|width=600}}
 
* Visit this <nowiki/>[https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/windows/ Mozilla Firefox]<nowiki/> page in any other browser, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer, Google Chrome. 
* '''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''Click the '''<nowiki/> Download Now <nowiki/>''' button.The Firefox Installer that downloads will automatically offer you the best available version of Firefox for your computer.'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''

*'''<nowiki/> '''If yo'''<nowiki/>'''u see an Open''<nowiki/>'' File - Security Warn'''<nowiki/>'''ing d'''<nowiki/>'''ialo''<nowiki/>''g, click '''Open''' '''<nowiki/>'''or '''Run'''
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Mozilla security warning.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'Open'<nowiki/>'''
File:Mozilla User Account Control.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'YES'<nowiki/>''' to start the installation
</gallery>
*The '''<nowiki/> User Account Control <nowiki/>'''dialog may open, to ask you to allow the ''<nowiki/>Firefox Installer <nowiki/>'' to make changes to your computer. If the below dialog box appears, click '''<nowiki/> YES <nowiki/>''' to start the installation.<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Mozilla firefox - Finishing the installation">
File:Mozilla finishing installtion.png|Finishing the installation
File:Mozilla working with the app.png|Finished Installation
</gallery>
* Wait for '''<nowiki/>F<nowiki/>irefox<nowiki/>''' to finish the installation.
''<nowiki/>''
*When the instal''<nowiki/>''lation is complete '''<nowiki/>Firefox<nowiki/>''' will open.

===Working with the application===
'''<nowiki/>'''
====Open'''<nowiki/>'''ing and accessing Firefox====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Opening and accessing Firefox">
File:Mozilla Opening through MENU.png|Opening Firefox in ubuntu
File:Opening firefox in windows.png|Opening Firefox in windows
File:Mozilla Opening & accessing the browser.png|thumb|The menu bar in Firefox
</gallery>
#Mozilla Firefox will appear under Applications > Internet >Firefox Web Browser.
#Main page will look like the second image. If you know the web address you can type it in the address bar. Ex; www.upsc.gov.in
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Searching for information using Firefox">
File:Mozilla accessing the address bar.png|Accessing address bar
File:Mozilla searching resources.png|Searching resources
File:Mozilla browsing information.png|Browsing information
</gallery>
#If you don’t know the particular web address, you can type the key word of searching object Ex;UPSC. you can search not only for text, but also for images, videos using search engine. In Google search engine (there are also other search engines), the search results has options for searching the web, or images or videos. You can download the file (video, text file, image file) to your computer. Check if the copyright of the file allows to copy and use.
#The search results will appear like in the third image. You can click on the links to access the information retrieved.
'''Tabs''' allow you to open and organize multiple websites inside a single Firefox window. This keeps your screen from getting filled fully and makes it easy to switch between sites.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Opening and closing tabs in firefox">
File:Tab in firefox.png|Open new tab in firefox
File:Close tabs.png|Close tab
</gallery>

==== Customize toolbar ====
Firefox's toolbar provides easy access to common features. The toolbar is easy to customize. You can change the items that appear in the menu or your toolbar. Click the menu button , click More Tools and choose Customize Toolbar.

A special tab will open which allows you to drag and drop items in or out of the menu and the toolbar. Feel free to experiment with what works best for you. You can always start over by clicking the Restore Defaults button at the bottom of the screen.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Customize toolbar">
File:Customize toolbar.png
</gallery>

====Image resources ====

You can search for images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ tab from the top google tab menu. If you want to download or save images to your computer, click on the images and once it open on the right side of the window, right click on the image and click on "'''Save image as'''". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching text resources.png|Searching image resources
</gallery>

===== Access,download OER images using google search engine =====
# You can search for OER images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ link.
# Click on tools,
# Under usage rights select creative commons licenses to filter OER images
If you want to download or save images to your computer, right click on the image and click on "Save image as". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for OER image resources from the INTERNET">
File:Image Filter.png|Filter OER Images
File:Save image as.png|Save image resources
</gallery>

==== Accessing and downloading text resources from web ====
You could look for text information by simply typing the key word of your searching content, In the below image (Image1) you can see text information accessed for "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine. You can copy the search results information and can paste into your own text document.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching images.png|Searching text resources
File:Save page as HTML.png| Save in HTML format
File:Save as PDF.png| Save as PDF
</gallery>

Also you can save webpages in 2 formats to use in offline mode (In Browser you can save web pages in offline mode to use without internet)
# Save as HTML: If you are looking to save any webpage in HTML format for your offline use, right click on the webpage and click on save page as and select a folder where you want to save this file and click on save. Videos in the webpage will not be loaded in HTML format.
# Save as PDF: If you are looking to save any webpage in PDF format for your offline use,Click on application menu and goto print and select save as PDF to save your file.

==== Using History feature to revisit the webpages ====
Firefox keeps track of the websites you visit in your browsing sessions. To view your browsing history: Click on the Application menu button to open the menu panel. Click History and then click the Manage History bar at the bottom to open the Library window.The Library window that opens when you click the Manage History bar will show your browsing history.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Browsing history in firefox">
File:History in firefox.png|History
File:Manage History.png| Manage History
</gallery>

====Using Bookmark feature to save useful webpages links====

All modern web browsers include bookmark features. Bookmarks are called favourites or Internet short-cuts in Internet browser.

To add a bookmark, Go to Menu Bar and click the bookmarks and click on "add this to bookmarks" to save the current page as a bookmark. By default, new bookmarks are saved to the Unsorted bookmarks folder. If you want separate folder, you can also create as per our requirements.

To enable bookmark : Right clicking on the free tab space of the browser like shown in the below screenshot.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to make bookmark">
File:Mozilla how to make bookmark 1.png|Enabling '''<nowiki/> Menu <nowiki/>''' bar
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Using Private window feature ====
Private Browsing does not save your browsing information, such as history and cookies, and leaves no trace after you end the session. To use private window click on '''Application menu> New Private window''' and start browsing.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to browse using private window">
File:Private window.png|Private window in Firefox
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Changing browser default homepage ====
Set your favourite/most accessible website as your homepage so you can see it every time you open Firefox.
# Tap the menu button at the top-right corner of the browser, then Settings (In Windows you may need to go to "options").
# Tap '''General''', and then '''Home'''. Click the menu next to '''''Homepage and new windows''''' and choose '''custom URLs.'''
# Enter a URL which you want to make it default home page (example: https://duckduckgo.com) in new window and tabs.
# Close your browser and open your browser to apply the changes you have done.
[[File:change browser default homepage.gif]]

{{Note}}For Google Chrome users [https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95314?co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop&hl=en&oco=0 follow this link to set default homepage]
====Advanced features====
'''- Keyboard Shortcuts:''' Access all the Firefox browser short keys from [https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/kb/keyboard-shortcuts-perform-firefox-tasks-quickly this link]

'''- Open Source'''
Firefox is the only open source Web browser among the most used browsers on the Web as of March 2013. The open source nature of Firefox enables developers from all over the world to contribute code to the browser and extend the functionality of Firefox with add-ons and themes.

'''- Add-ons'''
Firefox is one of the most easily customized browsers thanks to its extensive library of add-ons. Add-ons are small bits of code that can extend the functionality of Firefox in an almost infinite number of ways.

'''- Security'''
Firefox features a number of tools designed to prevent malicious websites from causing harm.

Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].

'''- Download Settings''' By default in firefox browser the download path or download folder is downloads ( means if you download any resource from the internet it is saved in downloads folder). Suppose if you want to change the download path settings then click on application menu at the top right side of the screen and go to settings ( Application menu-> Settings -> General section > Files and Applications ). You will get two options here i) '''Save files to''' where you can browse your folder and set the download path ii) '''Always ask you where to save files''' using which you can save files to the selected folders.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Downloads in firefox">
File:Firefox downloads.png| Downloads
File:Change download settings.png| Change download settings
</gallery>

===Access, Download OER videos from Youtube ===

==== Using computer ====
The following animation will teach you how to use the "ss" prefix to easily download YouTube videos:
[[File:download youtube videos _2021-06-16 16-51.gif]]

# Go to your browser and find the video you want to download from YouTube.
# Click a video to play it, then pause it.
# Navigate to the video URL, add "ss" before "youtube.com ..." and press Enter.
# You will be redirected to another page where you can save the video.
# This page is the parent site of ssyoutube.com known as savefrom.net.
# You will find out information such as duration, title of the video, and also get a download link.
# To the right of the green download icon, you will see a drop-down menu. Click on it and select the format in which you want to download the video (with or without sound).

==== Using Mobile phone ====
[[File:download youtube videos .gif]]

===Ideas for resource creation===
From the web browser, we can easily download whatever we want related to the subject (text,audio-video)

===References===
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefox Wikipedia]

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_browser Browser]

[https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/ Firefox]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Firefox

2022-03-09T09:39:48Z

Rakesh: /* Accessing,downloading text from INTERNET */

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%AB%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]'' [https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%AB%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%AF%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%AB%E0%A5%89%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%8F हिंदी में देखें]

===Introduction===
Mozilla Firefox (or simply Firefox) is a free and open-source web browser developed by the Mozilla Foundation and its subsidiary. Firefox is available for Windows, MacOS and Linux operating systems; Firefox is also available for Android.
====Basic information====
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|ICT Competency
|Firefox is a free and open-source web browser for connecting and learning.
We will use it as a web browser to browse academic information and resources.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Accessing the web for one's learning as a global digital library is one of the most important advantages of ICT. A browser is essential for accessing pages on the web.
|-
|Version
|Firefox 75.00
|-
|Configuration
|No need to configure, its a web based application and need internet connection to browse.
|-
|Other similar applications
|'<nowiki/>''[https://www.google.com/chrome/ Google Chrome], '''[http://www.opera.com/download Opera]'<nowiki/>'''''
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://mozilla.org/firefox Mozilla Foundation and contributors - Mozilla Corporation]
|}

====Overview of Features====
Firefox browser supports many web standards for rendering of web pages; it renders most of the web pages correctly. Firefox is also known for its vast range of plug ins/add-ons that let the user customize in a variety of ways.

Firefox is a free, cross platform (available for Windows, Mac OS X and Linux platforms) web browser developed by Mozilla Corp. together with many other contributors.

For more detail visit https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Features_of_Firefox
====Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu Computer =====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing <code>Firefox</code> on top search bar in Software Centre.
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking '''Applications->System Tools->Terminal''' or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type the below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install firefox</code>

=====For Windows computer=====
Watch this video tutorial on Firefox installation on Windows computer 
{{#widget:YouTube|id=hm6gVPathWY|height=354|width=600}}
 
* Visit this <nowiki/>[https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/windows/ Mozilla Firefox]<nowiki/> page in any other browser, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer, Google Chrome. 
* '''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''Click the '''<nowiki/> Download Now <nowiki/>''' button.The Firefox Installer that downloads will automatically offer you the best available version of Firefox for your computer.'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''

*'''<nowiki/> '''If yo'''<nowiki/>'''u see an Open''<nowiki/>'' File - Security Warn'''<nowiki/>'''ing d'''<nowiki/>'''ialo''<nowiki/>''g, click '''Open''' '''<nowiki/>'''or '''Run'''
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Mozilla security warning.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'Open'<nowiki/>'''
File:Mozilla User Account Control.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'YES'<nowiki/>''' to start the installation
</gallery>
*The '''<nowiki/> User Account Control <nowiki/>'''dialog may open, to ask you to allow the ''<nowiki/>Firefox Installer <nowiki/>'' to make changes to your computer. If the below dialog box appears, click '''<nowiki/> YES <nowiki/>''' to start the installation.<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Mozilla firefox - Finishing the installation">
File:Mozilla finishing installtion.png|Finishing the installation
File:Mozilla working with the app.png|Finished Installation
</gallery>
* Wait for '''<nowiki/>F<nowiki/>irefox<nowiki/>''' to finish the installation.
''<nowiki/>''
*When the instal''<nowiki/>''lation is complete '''<nowiki/>Firefox<nowiki/>''' will open.

===Working with the application===
'''<nowiki/>'''
====Open'''<nowiki/>'''ing and accessing Firefox====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Opening and accessing Firefox">
File:Mozilla Opening through MENU.png|Opening Firefox in ubuntu
File:Opening firefox in windows.png|Opening Firefox in windows
File:Mozilla Opening & accessing the browser.png|thumb|The menu bar in Firefox
</gallery>
#Mozilla Firefox will appear under Applications > Internet >Firefox Web Browser.
#Main page will look like the second image. If you know the web address you can type it in the address bar. Ex; www.upsc.gov.in
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Searching for information using Firefox">
File:Mozilla accessing the address bar.png|Accessing address bar
File:Mozilla searching resources.png|Searching resources
File:Mozilla browsing information.png|Browsing information
</gallery>
#If you don’t know the particular web address, you can type the key word of searching object Ex;UPSC. you can search not only for text, but also for images, videos using search engine. In Google search engine (there are also other search engines), the search results has options for searching the web, or images or videos. You can download the file (video, text file, image file) to your computer. Check if the copyright of the file allows to copy and use.
#The search results will appear like in the third image. You can click on the links to access the information retrieved.
'''Tabs''' allow you to open and organize multiple websites inside a single Firefox window. This keeps your screen from getting filled fully and makes it easy to switch between sites.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Opening and closing tabs in firefox">
File:Tab in firefox.png|Open new tab in firefox
File:Close tabs.png|Close tab
</gallery>

==== Customize toolbar ====
Firefox's toolbar provides easy access to common features. The toolbar is easy to customize. You can change the items that appear in the menu or your toolbar. Click the menu button , click More Tools and choose Customize Toolbar.

A special tab will open which allows you to drag and drop items in or out of the menu and the toolbar. Feel free to experiment with what works best for you. You can always start over by clicking the Restore Defaults button at the bottom of the screen.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Customize toolbar">
File:Customize toolbar.png
</gallery>

====Image resources ====

You can search for images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ tab from the top google tab menu. If you want to download or save images to your computer, click on the images and once it open on the right side of the window, right click on the image and click on "'''Save image as'''". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching text resources.png|Searching image resources
</gallery>

===== Access,download OER images using google search engine =====
# You can search for OER images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ link.
# Click on tools,
# Under usage rights select creative commons licenses to filter OER images
If you want to download or save images to your computer, right click on the image and click on "Save image as". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for OER image resources from the INTERNET">
File:Image Filter.png|Filter OER Images
File:Save image as.png|Save image resources
</gallery>

==== Accessing and downloading text resources from web ====
You could look for text information by simply typing the key word of your searching content, In the below image (Image1) you can see text information accessed for "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine. You can copy the search results information and can paste into your own text document.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching images.png|Searching text resources
File:Save page as HTML.png| Save in HTML format
File:Save as PDF.png| Save as PDF
</gallery>

Also you can save webpages in 2 formats to use in offline mode (In Browser you can save web pages in offline mode to use without internet)
# Save as HTML: If you are looking to save any webpage in HTML format for your offline use, right click on the webpage and click on save page as and select a folder where you want to save this file and click on save. Videos in the webpage will not be loaded in HTML format.
# Save as PDF: If you are looking to save any webpage in PDF format for your offline use,Click on application menu and goto print and select save as PDF to save your file.

==== Using History feature to revisit the webpages ====
Firefox keeps track of the websites you visit in your browsing sessions. To view your browsing history: Click on the Application menu button to open the menu panel. Click History and then click the Manage History bar at the bottom to open the Library window.The Library window that opens when you click the Manage History bar will show your browsing history.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Browsing history in firefox">
File:History in firefox.png|History
File:Manage History.png| Manage History
</gallery>

====Using Bookmark feature to save useful webpages links====

All modern web browsers include bookmark features. Bookmarks are called favourites or Internet short-cuts in Internet browser.

To add a bookmark, Go to Menu Bar and click the bookmarks and click on "add this to bookmarks" to save the current page as a bookmark. By default, new bookmarks are saved to the Unsorted bookmarks folder. If you want separate folder, you can also create as per our requirements.

To enable bookmark : Right clicking on the free tab space of the browser like shown in the below screenshot.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to make bookmark">
File:Mozilla how to make bookmark 1.png|Enabling '''<nowiki/> Menu <nowiki/>''' bar
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Browsing using private window ====
Private Browsing does not save your browsing information, such as history and cookies, and leaves no trace after you end the session. To use private window click on '''Application menu> New Private window''' and start browsing.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to browse using private window">
File:Private window.png|Private window in Firefox
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Change the Homepage to a specific page ====
Set your favourite page as your homepage so you can see it every time you open Firefox.
# Tap the menu button at the top-right corner of the browser, then Settings (In Windows you may need to go to "options").
# Tap '''General''', and then '''Home'''. Click the menu next to '''''Homepage and new windows''''' and choose '''custom URLs.'''
# Enter a URL which you want to make it default home page (example: https://duckduckgo.com) in new window and tabs.
# Close your browser and open your browser to apply the changes you have done.
[[File:change browser default homepage.gif]]

{{Note}}For Google Chrome users [https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95314?co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop&hl=en&oco=0 follow this link to set default homepage]
====Advanced features====
'''Keyboard Shortcuts'''

ctrl++ Zoom in

ctrl -- Zoom out

ctrl+F Find

F5 Reload

Ctrl+O Open file

Ctrl+C Copy

Ctrl+X Cut

Ctrl+V Paste

'''Open Source'''
Firefox is the only open source Web browser among the most used browsers on the Web as of March 2013. The open source nature of Firefox enables developers from all over the world to contribute code to the browser and extend the functionality of Firefox with add-ons and themes.

'''Add-ons'''
Firefox is one of the most easily customized browsers thanks to its extensive library of add-ons. Add-ons are small bits of code that can extend the functionality of Firefox in an almost infinite number of ways.

'''Security'''
Firefox features a number of tools designed to prevent malicious websites from causing harm.

Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].

'''Download Settings''' By default in firefox browser the download path or download folder is downloads ( means if you download any resource from the internet it is saved in downloads folder). Suppose if you want to change the download path settings then click on application menu at the top right side of the screen and go to settings ( Application menu-> Settings -> General section > Files and Applications ). You will get two options here i) '''Save files to''' where you can browse your folder and set the download path ii) '''Always ask you where to save files''' using which you can save files to the selected folders.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Downloads in firefox">
File:Firefox downloads.png| Downloads
File:Change download settings.png| Change download settings
</gallery>

===Access, Download OER videos from Youtube ===

==== Using computer ====
The following animation will teach you how to use the "ss" prefix to easily download YouTube videos:
[[File:download youtube videos _2021-06-16 16-51.gif]]

# Go to your browser and find the video you want to download from YouTube.
# Click a video to play it, then pause it.
# Navigate to the video URL, add "ss" before "youtube.com ..." and press Enter.
# You will be redirected to another page where you can save the video.
# This page is the parent site of ssyoutube.com known as savefrom.net.
# You will find out information such as duration, title of the video, and also get a download link.
# To the right of the green download icon, you will see a drop-down menu. Click on it and select the format in which you want to download the video (with or without sound).

==== Using Mobile phone ====
[[File:download youtube videos .gif]]

===Ideas for resource creation===
From the web browser, we can easily download whatever we want related to the subject (text,audio-video)

===References===
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefox Wikipedia]

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_browser Browser]

[https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/ Firefox]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn Firefox

2022-03-09T09:32:06Z

Rakesh: /* Customize toolbar */

''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%AB%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]'' [https://teacher-network.in/OER/hi/index.php/%E0%A4%AB%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%AF%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%AB%E0%A5%89%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B8_%E0%A4%B8%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%96%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%8F हिंदी में देखें]

===Introduction===
Mozilla Firefox (or simply Firefox) is a free and open-source web browser developed by the Mozilla Foundation and its subsidiary. Firefox is available for Windows, MacOS and Linux operating systems; Firefox is also available for Android.
====Basic information====
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|ICT Competency
|Firefox is a free and open-source web browser for connecting and learning.
We will use it as a web browser to browse academic information and resources.
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|Accessing the web for one's learning as a global digital library is one of the most important advantages of ICT. A browser is essential for accessing pages on the web.
|-
|Version
|Firefox 75.00
|-
|Configuration
|No need to configure, its a web based application and need internet connection to browse.
|-
|Other similar applications
|'<nowiki/>''[https://www.google.com/chrome/ Google Chrome], '''[http://www.opera.com/download Opera]'<nowiki/>'''''
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].
|-
|Development and community help
|[https://mozilla.org/firefox Mozilla Foundation and contributors - Mozilla Corporation]
|}

====Overview of Features====
Firefox browser supports many web standards for rendering of web pages; it renders most of the web pages correctly. Firefox is also known for its vast range of plug ins/add-ons that let the user customize in a variety of ways.

Firefox is a free, cross platform (available for Windows, Mac OS X and Linux platforms) web browser developed by Mozilla Corp. together with many other contributors.

For more detail visit https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Features_of_Firefox
====Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu Computer =====
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing <code>Firefox</code> on top search bar in Software Centre.
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
##Open terminal by clicking '''Applications->System Tools->Terminal''' or through Keyboard shortcut <code>Ctrl+Alt+T</code>
##In the terminal window, type the below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:
##<code>sudo apt-get install firefox</code>

=====For Windows computer=====
Watch this video tutorial on Firefox installation on Windows computer 
{{#widget:YouTube|id=hm6gVPathWY|height=354|width=600}}
 
* Visit this <nowiki/>[https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/windows/ Mozilla Firefox]<nowiki/> page in any other browser, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer, Google Chrome. 
* '''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''Click the '''<nowiki/> Download Now <nowiki/>''' button.The Firefox Installer that downloads will automatically offer you the best available version of Firefox for your computer.'''<nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/><nowiki/>'''

*'''<nowiki/> '''If yo'''<nowiki/>'''u see an Open''<nowiki/>'' File - Security Warn'''<nowiki/>'''ing d'''<nowiki/>'''ialo''<nowiki/>''g, click '''Open''' '''<nowiki/>'''or '''Run'''
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px">
File:Mozilla security warning.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'Open'<nowiki/>'''
File:Mozilla User Account Control.png|Click on '''<nowiki/>'YES'<nowiki/>''' to start the installation
</gallery>
*The '''<nowiki/> User Account Control <nowiki/>'''dialog may open, to ask you to allow the ''<nowiki/>Firefox Installer <nowiki/>'' to make changes to your computer. If the below dialog box appears, click '''<nowiki/> YES <nowiki/>''' to start the installation.<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Mozilla firefox - Finishing the installation">
File:Mozilla finishing installtion.png|Finishing the installation
File:Mozilla working with the app.png|Finished Installation
</gallery>
* Wait for '''<nowiki/>F<nowiki/>irefox<nowiki/>''' to finish the installation.
''<nowiki/>''
*When the instal''<nowiki/>''lation is complete '''<nowiki/>Firefox<nowiki/>''' will open.

===Working with the application===
'''<nowiki/>'''
====Open'''<nowiki/>'''ing and accessing Firefox====
<gallery mode="packed" heights="300px" caption="Opening and accessing Firefox">
File:Mozilla Opening through MENU.png|Opening Firefox in ubuntu
File:Opening firefox in windows.png|Opening Firefox in windows
File:Mozilla Opening & accessing the browser.png|thumb|The menu bar in Firefox
</gallery>
#Mozilla Firefox will appear under Applications > Internet >Firefox Web Browser.
#Main page will look like the second image. If you know the web address you can type it in the address bar. Ex; www.upsc.gov.in
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Searching for information using Firefox">
File:Mozilla accessing the address bar.png|Accessing address bar
File:Mozilla searching resources.png|Searching resources
File:Mozilla browsing information.png|Browsing information
</gallery>
#If you don’t know the particular web address, you can type the key word of searching object Ex;UPSC. you can search not only for text, but also for images, videos using search engine. In Google search engine (there are also other search engines), the search results has options for searching the web, or images or videos. You can download the file (video, text file, image file) to your computer. Check if the copyright of the file allows to copy and use.
#The search results will appear like in the third image. You can click on the links to access the information retrieved.
'''Tabs''' allow you to open and organize multiple websites inside a single Firefox window. This keeps your screen from getting filled fully and makes it easy to switch between sites.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Opening and closing tabs in firefox">
File:Tab in firefox.png|Open new tab in firefox
File:Close tabs.png|Close tab
</gallery>

==== Customize toolbar ====
Firefox's toolbar provides easy access to common features. The toolbar is easy to customize. You can change the items that appear in the menu or your toolbar. Click the menu button , click More Tools and choose Customize Toolbar.

A special tab will open which allows you to drag and drop items in or out of the menu and the toolbar. Feel free to experiment with what works best for you. You can always start over by clicking the Restore Defaults button at the bottom of the screen.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Customize toolbar">
File:Customize toolbar.png
</gallery>

====Image resources ====

You can search for images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ tab from the top google tab menu. If you want to download or save images to your computer, click on the images and once it open on the right side of the window, right click on the image and click on "'''Save image as'''". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching text resources.png|Searching image resources
</gallery>

===== Access,download OER images using google search engine =====
# You can search for OER images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ link.
# Click on tools,
# Under usage rights select creative commons licenses to filter OER images
If you want to download or save images to your computer, right click on the image and click on "Save image as". Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for OER image resources from the INTERNET">
File:Image Filter.png|Filter OER Images
File:Save image as.png|Save image resources
</gallery>

==== Accessing,downloading text from INTERNET ====
You could look for text information by simply typing the key word of your searching content, In the below image (Image1) you can see text information accessed for "Digital Story Telling" in the search bar of the search engine. You can copy the search results information and can paste into your own text document.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Searching for resources from the INTERNET">
File:Mozilla searching images.png|Searching text resources
File:Save page as HTML.png| Save in HTML format
File:Save as PDF.png| Save as PDF
</gallery>

Also you can save webpages in 2 formats to use in offline mode (In Browser you can save web pages in offline mode to use without internet)
# Save as HTML: If you are looking to save any webpage in HTML format for your offline use, right click on the webpage and click on save page as and select a folder where you want to save this file and click on save. Videos in the webpage will not be loaded in HTML format.
# Save as PDF: If you are looking to save any webpage in PDF format for your offline use,Click on application menu and goto print and select save as PDF to save your file.

==== Browsing history in Firefox ====
Firefox keeps track of the websites you visit in your browsing sessions. To view your browsing history: Click on the Application menu button to open the menu panel. Click History and then click the Manage History bar at the bottom to open the Library window.The Library window that opens when you click the Manage History bar will show your browsing history.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Browsing history in firefox">
File:History in firefox.png|History
File:Manage History.png| Manage History
</gallery>

====Bookmark features in Firefox====

'''Bookmarks'''-All modern web browsers include bookmark features. Bookmarks are called favourites or Internet short-cuts in Internet browser. 
To add a bookmark: Go to Menu Bar and click the bookmarks and click on "add this to bookmarks" to save the current page as a bookmark. By default, new bookmarks are saved to the Unsorted bookmarks folder. ... If you want separate folder, you can also create as per our requirements.

To enable bookmark : Right clicking on the free tab space of the browser like shown in the below screenshot.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to make bookmark">
File:Mozilla how to make bookmark 1.png|Enabling '''<nowiki/> Menu <nowiki/>''' bar
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Browsing using private window ====
Private Browsing does not save your browsing information, such as history and cookies, and leaves no trace after you end the session. To use private window click on '''Application menu> New Private window''' and start browsing.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Firefox - How to browse using private window">
File:Private window.png|Private window in Firefox
</gallery>

{{clear}}

==== Change the Homepage to a specific page ====
Set your favourite page as your homepage so you can see it every time you open Firefox.
# Tap the menu button at the top-right corner of the browser, then Settings (In Windows you may need to go to "options").
# Tap '''General''', and then '''Home'''. Click the menu next to '''''Homepage and new windows''''' and choose '''custom URLs.'''
# Enter a URL which you want to make it default home page (example: https://duckduckgo.com) in new window and tabs.
# Close your browser and open your browser to apply the changes you have done.
[[File:change browser default homepage.gif]]

{{Note}}For Google Chrome users [https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95314?co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop&hl=en&oco=0 follow this link to set default homepage]
====Advanced features====
'''Keyboard Shortcuts'''

ctrl++ Zoom in

ctrl -- Zoom out

ctrl+F Find

F5 Reload

Ctrl+O Open file

Ctrl+C Copy

Ctrl+X Cut

Ctrl+V Paste

'''Open Source'''
Firefox is the only open source Web browser among the most used browsers on the Web as of March 2013. The open source nature of Firefox enables developers from all over the world to contribute code to the browser and extend the functionality of Firefox with add-ons and themes.

'''Add-ons'''
Firefox is one of the most easily customized browsers thanks to its extensive library of add-ons. Add-ons are small bits of code that can extend the functionality of Firefox in an almost infinite number of ways.

'''Security'''
Firefox features a number of tools designed to prevent malicious websites from causing harm.

Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].

'''Download Settings''' By default in firefox browser the download path or download folder is downloads ( means if you download any resource from the internet it is saved in downloads folder). Suppose if you want to change the download path settings then click on application menu at the top right side of the screen and go to settings ( Application menu-> Settings -> General section > Files and Applications ). You will get two options here i) '''Save files to''' where you can browse your folder and set the download path ii) '''Always ask you where to save files''' using which you can save files to the selected folders.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="200px" caption="Downloads in firefox">
File:Firefox downloads.png| Downloads
File:Change download settings.png| Change download settings
</gallery>

===Access, Download OER videos from Youtube ===

==== Using computer ====
The following animation will teach you how to use the "ss" prefix to easily download YouTube videos:
[[File:download youtube videos _2021-06-16 16-51.gif]]

# Go to your browser and find the video you want to download from YouTube.
# Click a video to play it, then pause it.
# Navigate to the video URL, add "ss" before "youtube.com ..." and press Enter.
# You will be redirected to another page where you can save the video.
# This page is the parent site of ssyoutube.com known as savefrom.net.
# You will find out information such as duration, title of the video, and also get a download link.
# To the right of the green download icon, you will see a drop-down menu. Click on it and select the format in which you want to download the video (with or without sound).

==== Using Mobile phone ====
[[File:download youtube videos .gif]]

===Ideas for resource creation===
From the web browser, we can easily download whatever we want related to the subject (text,audio-video)

===References===
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefox Wikipedia]

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_browser Browser]

[https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/ Firefox]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn LibreOffice Writer

2022-03-07T09:20:53Z

Rakesh: /* Inserting & Formatting Images */

<noinclude>
''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]''
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}
</noinclude>

===Introduction===
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.

==== Basic information ====
{| class="wikitable"
|ICT Competency
|ICT for creating generic resources
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also.
|-
|Version
|LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows (visit [https://libreoffice.org/download/download/?type=win-x86_64&version=6.3.3&lang=en-US download LibreOffice on Windows] to install LibreOffice on a Windows system) and Macintosh operating systems.
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.collabora.libreoffice Collabora Office for Android] and [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-and-ios/ for iOS]
|-
|Development and community help
|The Document Foundation
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]
|}

==== Overview of features ====
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).

==== Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu =====
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer

===== For Windows =====
# Download '''LibreOffice windows installer''' from below
## [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86&lang=pick Click here for the 32-bit version]
## [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86_64&lang=pick Click here for the 64-bit version]
# If you are unsure which Windows version you have, press Win+Pause to open your system properties window. The LibreOffice Main Installer download page can be selected with a built-in help file for your language:
# Double-click on download "LibreOffice_..._Win_x64.msi" file to begin installation
# It will start downloading "'''LibreOffice"''' into your computer (by default browser will save the files in "'''Downloads'''" folder in your system)

Click Yes if it ask your permission to allow this program make change to the computer,The Installation Wizard Welcome dialog box opens advising that the installation process is about to be started. Click “Next >”

[[File:Step1 LO Installation.png|650px|Downloading LibreOffice]]
[[File:Step2 LO Installation.png|650px|Installation wizard]]

Another dialog box opens, giving you a choice whether you want a default installation, or whether you want to choose special locations and components. If you want a default installation, just press “Next >”. If you want to make special choices, click on “Custom” and then press “Next >”.The Custom Setup enables changes to the features that will be installed. If you would like to install the spelling dictionaries, hyphenation rules, thesauri and grammar checkers:
* Click Expand Optional Components
* Click Expand Dictionaries

<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">
File:Step3 LO Installation.png|Setup type
File:Step5 LO Installation.png| Select program features
</gallery>

Another dialog box opens, inviting you to choose whether to open Microsoft Office documents with LibreOffice. By default, this feature is not enabled. If you want LibreOffice to open Microsoft Office files (documents, spreadsheets and presentations), put a check mark in all four checkboxes.Another dialog box opens, asking you whether:

* A shortcut to open LibreOffice should be placed on your desktop. The default option is to create a shortcut.
* To load LibreOffice during system start-up.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">
File:Step6 LO Installation.png|File type selection
File:Step7 LO Installation.png|Ready to install the program
</gallery>

Keep clicking on "Next" button to continue and complete the installation.If the User Account Control dialog shows, click “Yes” to continue the installation.LibreOffice Installation Completed

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Step8 LO Installation.png|User account control
File:Step9 LO Installation.png|Finish
</gallery>

'''''If you are not able to install LibreOffice in your windows machine, [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/windows/ follow this official website installation instruction]''''' or [https://youtu.be/ne-8PMLCj_k Click here] to to see the LibreOffice Installation- English Tutorial

====== Language package installation in LibreOffice ======
* LibreOffice interface has been translated (localized) into over 40 languages and most of the Indian languages. Additionally, there are over 70 spelling dictionaries available for languages. The dictionaries are available from the [https://www.libreoffice.org/ LibreOffice website]. To use LibreOffice interface in your own language like hindi, kannada or in any other language, please follow below instructions.

* Once again double click on the '''downloaded installation file''' (from the section #''For Windows'' section), which will open LibreOffice installer wizard click on the '''next''' option
* On the next (Program Maintenance) screen you will get 3 options (Modify, Repair, Remove), choose '''Modify''' option and click on '''next'''.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Hindi package 1.jpg|Installation wizard
File:Hindi package 2.jpg|Select modify
</gallery>
* In the next screen, if you would like to install and use LibreOffice in your preferred language, then click on '''+ button''' (small down arrow) in "user interface languages"
* It will open the list of languages available, in that select '''your preferred language''' and select “'''This feature will be installed on the local hard drive'''”.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:3. LO hi UI - select user interface.PNG|User interface Languages
File:4. LO hi UI - select hi package from the list.png|Select your preferred language
</gallery>
* Once all the required changes are done on the screen, click “Next >”
* On the next "File Type" window, select all the options to open Microsoft Office files, Click “Next >”
* Next screen "Shortcut and Load during system startup" screen click on the Install button to finish the installation.

====== Changing LibreOffice language interface (after the installation) ======
* When creating a presentation in other languages, you can use the language setting '''( Tools-> Options -> Language settings -> Languages -> User Interface -> Add the required language )''' to create styles that only differ in the language in formatting attributes. This allows you to easily check spelling of all of the presentation contents without affecting appearance.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:LO_Tools Language select.png|Menubar tools
File:LO_language interface_language settings, user interface.jpg|Languages interface
</gallery>

===== '''For MAC OS''' =====
# Go to [https://www.fosshub.com/LibreOffice.html this click] and click on '''libreoffic MAC OS''' for MAC laptops
# It will start downloading "LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg" into your computer (by defulat browser will save the files in "'''Downloads'''" folder in your system
# Double-click on download "'''LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg'''" file to begin installation
# An installation window appears: drag and drop the LibreOffice icon onto the Applications icon in the same window. You may be required to enter your administrator password.
# The files are copied over and a progress bar shows when the installation is complete.
If you are not able to install Libreoffice in your MAC machine, [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/macos/ follow this official website installation instructions]

===Working with the application===

==== Starting a new document ====

===== From the Start Center =====
You can start a new, blank document in Writer in several ways. If a document is already open in LibreOffice, the new document opens in a new window.
* From the Start Center
When LibreOffice is open but no document is open, the Start Center is shown. Click the Create: Writer Document button to create a new text document.
* From the operating system menu
You can open the LibreOffice Start Center or the Writer component from the operating system menu in the same way that you start other programs. When LibreOffice was installed on your computer, in most cases a menu entry for each component was added to the system menu.<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">
File:LibreOfficeStartCenter.png|LibreOffice start center
</gallery>

===== Opening an existing document =====
You can open an existing document in several ways.
* When no document is open:
# Click Open File or Remote files in the Start Center.
# Choose '''File > Open''' or '''File > Open Remote File''' on the Menu bar.
# Press '''Ctrl+O''' on the keyboard.
# Click the Open icon on the Standard toolbar.
# Double-click a thumbnail of recently opened documents displayed in the Start Center. You can scroll up or down in the Start Center to locate a recently opened document.
* If a document is already open:
# Click the Open icon on the Standard toolbar and select the additional document to be opened from the Open dialog.
# Click the small triangle to the right of the Open icon and select from a list of recently opened documents.
# Use File > Recent Documents to make a selection.
# Choose Open Document on the Quickstarter.

==== Parts of the main Writer window ====
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations (including saving discussed above), editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document. The commonly used parts of the window are discussed below.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="LibreOffice Writer menu">
File:LO Writer Menu Bar window.png|LibreOffice Writer (Parts of the window)
</gallery>

'''1. Title bar'''
* The Title bar is located at the top of the Writer window. It shows the file name of the current document. When the document is not yet named, the document name will appear as Untitled X, where X is a number. Untitled documents are numbered in the order in which they are created.

'''2. Menu bar'''
* The Menu bar is located just below the Title bar in Windows and Linux and at the top of the screen in macOS. When you select one of the menus, a submenu drops down to show further options,including:
# Commands that directly cause an action, such as Close or Save, in the File menu.
# Commands that open further sub menus.
* These are indicated by a right-pointing arrow following a command, such as Toolbars and Zoom, in the View menu. Moving the cursor onto one of these items causes its submenu to open.
'''3. Standard toolbar'''
* In a default LibreOffice installation , the top toolbar, just under the Menu bar, is called the Standard toolbar.
'''4. Formatting toolbar'''
* The second toolbar at the top is the Formatting toolbar. It is context-sensitive; that is, it shows the tools relevant to the current position of the cursor or the selected object. For example, when the cursor is in text, the Formatting toolbar provides tools for formatting text. When the cursor is on a graphic (image), the tools are for formatting images.

* To free more space for the document, you can choose a single-toolbar alternative containing the most-used commands. To activate it, '''enable View > Toolbars > Standard (Single Mode) and also disable View > Toolbars > Standard and View > Toolbars > Formatting'''.
* Other toolbars are available at '''View > Toolbars'''.
'''5. Rulers'''
* The horizontal ruler across the top of the workspace is visible by default but the vertical ruler on the left is hidden by default.
* To enable the vertical ruler, choose View > Rulers > Vertical Ruler from the Menu bar, or choose Tools > Options > LibreOffice Writer > View. To quickly show or hide both rulers, use the key combination Ctrl+Shift+R.

==== Editing document====

===== Cut, copy, and past text =====
* Cutting and copying text in Writer is similar to cutting and copying text in other applications. You can copy or move text within a document, or between documents, by dragging or by using menu selections, icons, or keyboard shortcuts. You can also copy text from other sources such as Web pages and paste it into a Writer document.

* To move (drag and drop) selected text using the mouse, drag it to the new location and release it; the cursor changes shape while dragging. To copy selected text, hold down the '''Ctrl''' key while dragging. The text retains the formatting it had before dragging.

* To move (cut and paste) selected text, use '''Ctrl+X''' to cut the text, insert the cursor at the paste-in point and use '''Ctrl+V''' to paste. Alternatively, use the buttons on the Standard toolbar.

* When you paste text, the result depends on the source of the text and how you paste it. If you click the Paste button, then the pasted text keeps its original formatting (such as bold or italics). Text pasted from Web sites and other sources may be placed automatically into frames or tables as part of the format when you paste. If you do not like the results, click the Undo button or press '''Ctrl+Z'''.
To make the pasted text inherit the paragraph style at the insertion point:
# Choose '''Edit > Paste Special''', or
# Click the arrow on the combination Paste button, or
# Click the Paste button without releasing the left mouse button.

===== Finding and replacing text =====
Writer has two ways to find text within a document: the Find toolbar for fast searching and the Find & Replace dialog. If the Find toolbar is not visible, you can display it by choosing '''View > Toolbars > Find from the Menu bar''' or by pressing '''Ctrl+F'''

'''Using the Find toolbar'''
* To use the Find toolbar, click in the text input box and type your search text, then press Enter to find the next occurrence of that term from the current cursor position. Click the Find Next or Find Previous buttons as needed.
* Click the Find All button to select all instances of the search term within the document.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:Using the Find toolbar.png|Using the Find toolbar
</gallery>

'''Using the Find & Replace dialog'''

To display the Find & Replace dialog, use the keyboard shortcut '''Ctrl+H''', or choose '''Edit > Find & Replace''' from the Menu bar
Use the Find & Replace dialog:
* Type the text you want to find in the Find box.
* To replace the text with different text, type the new text in the Replace box.
* You can select various options, such as matching the case or matching whole words only. The other options include searching only in selected text, searching from the current cursor position backwards toward the beginning of the document, searching for similar words, and searching in comments.
* When you have set up your search, click Find Next. As the document view moves to each found instance, replace the text by clicking Replace.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="450px">
File:Expanded Find & Replace dialog.png|Expanded Find & Replace dialog
</gallery>

==== Text Formatting ====
'''Formatting features'''

The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format and text wrapping options. For many of these options we can use short cut icons from formatting text tool bar as shown below<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Format features.png|Formatting properties
</gallery>
Lables of above Image,
# Font name: Choose font name from drop down
# Font size: Choose font size from the drop down
# Make selected text '''Bold'''
# Make selected text ''Italic''
# Make selected text Underline
# Make selected text stikethrough(Eg: <s>stikethrough</s>)
# Make selected text as superscript
# Make selected text as subscript
# Choose Font color from the dropdown
# Make selected text to highlight with color
# Change the background color

'''Bulleting and Numbering features'''

The Bullets and Numbering palettes on the Paragraph panel on the Properties deck of the Sidebar can be used to create nested lists and access the Bullets and Numbering dialog. The Sidebar does not include tools for promoting and demoting items in the list, as found on the Bullets and Numbering toolbar.
# To add the bullets and numbers to text information, choose '''Format - Bullets and Numbering'''. You can also select the different symbols of bullets and numbers here.
# An important feature of Writer is to enable you present your information through simple and short points ('bullet points').
# For the selected text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed. You can create sub-numbered lists.
# The formatting option allows you to create numbered or bullet lists in the document. You can create sub-numbered lists.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Bulleting numbering.png| Bulleting and Numbering
File:Bulleting.png|Bulleting Dialogue
File:Numbering.png|Numbering & Alphabetical Dialogue
</gallery>

==== Paragraph Formatting ====
You can apply many formats to paragraphs using the icons on the Formatting toolbar and on the Paragraph panel of the Sidebar’s Properties deck (View > Sidebar). Not all toolbar icons are visible in a standard installation, but you can customize the toolbar to include those you use regularly. Other formatting options are provided in the Paragraph dialog,

'''On the Formatting toolbar, the icons and formats include( As labeled in below image)'''
# Apply Paragraph Style (Styles drop-down on the Properties deck of the Sidebar).
# Align Left, Center Horizontally, Align Right, or Justified.
# Line Spacing (choose from 1, 1.15, 1.5, 2, or custom spacing. Line spacing refers to the distance from one baseline (the imaginary line at the bottom of a letter like “n” or “m”) to the next baseline. It is determined by the size of the font.
# Increase Paragraph Spacing, Decrease Paragraph Spacing. ( Paragraph spacing refers to the vertical spacing between one paragraph and the paragraphs above and below it.
# Increase Indent, Decrease Indent.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Paragraph properties.png|Paragraph properties
File:Paragraph Sidebar deck.png| Paragraph deck
</gallery>

==== Inserting & Formatting Images ====
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyper links, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas. Page numbers can be inserted in the footer of the page
#Inserting an image - Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted
#The image (triangle) inserted below will looks like this.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px" caption="Insert option in LibreOffice Writer">
File:Inert option in LOW.png|Insert Menu
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View
</gallery>

Lables of below Image,

'''1. Using the Crop tool''' To use the Crop tool, right-click the image and select Crop from the context menu. Cropping
handles appear at the corners and mid-points of the sides of the image. Drag a handle to cut off part of the image. Click outside the image to turn off cropping mode.

'''2. Compressing images'''
* If you insert a large image in your document and resize it to fit into the layout of the page, the complete original image is stored in the document file to preserve its content, resulting in a large document file to store or send by mail.
* If you can accept some loss of quality of the image rendering, you can compress or resize the image object to reduce its data volume while preserving its display in the page layout. You probably don’t want to compress something that will be professionally printed.
* Right-click to select the image and open the context menu. Then choose Compress to open the Compress Image dialog . Click OK to apply the compression settings. If the resulting image is not acceptable, press Ctrl+Z to undo and choose another compression setting.
'''3. Transparency:''' set the transparency options for the image using this button.

'''4. Rotating images''' Rotate images if required using this button<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Image editng.png|Image Formatting features
File:Compress Image.png|Compress Image
</gallery>

==== Inserting & Formatting Table ====
* To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select "Insert Table", in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.
* You can format your table by selecting the options in 'Table'. Move your cursor inside the table and 'Select -> Table'. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -> Size), add or remove borders (Table -> Properties -> Borders), split or merge cells (Table -> Merge Cells, Table -> Split Cells) etc
* You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select 'Paste Special -> Formatted text (RTF)' option.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Inserting Table">
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Select rows and columns
File:Table Formatting.png|Table Formatting
</gallery>Lables as in the above image,
# Align top,Align vertically, Align bottom
# Apply Borders to cells
# Insert caption for the table

==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====

#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections. This can be done in two ways
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image.
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents. Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”. For updating table of content, right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px" caption="Inserting Table of Content">
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content
</gallery>

==== Adding page header and footer ====

# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert--->Footer.
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert--->Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields
</gallery>

==== Spelling check ====
#Spelling - By enabling '''automatic spell checking''' under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also 'add your word to the dictionary' so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling.
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on '''spelling and grammar''' under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Formatting in LibreOffice Writer">
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking
</gallery>

==== Typing regional language ====

===== Typing regional language in Ubuntu =====
In Ubuntu by default you can type English in any application and by default it will use only Unicode fonts unless you manually changing it to non-unicode.[[File:Selecting Ibus in your computer .png|300px|left|thumb|Selecting Ibus for typing languages]] Also you can type any your local languages in Ubuntu by adding those languages in IBUS. For typing in any local language, Ubuntu will use application called Ibus. You can follow the below step to set up Ibus and to add languages in the typing list. 
# Go to Applications -> System tools -> System Settings -> Language Support ->Look at the Keyboard input method system Select '''IBus''' and close the window.
# Log-out your computer and log-in to applying this changes.
{{clear}}
Now you have to add your languages in "Text Entry" to type it. You can type multiple language in any application by adding it in this list. 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Adding languages in Text Entry">
File:Ibus - adding languages in Text entry.png|Selecting Text Entry from the top panel
File:Ibus - select plus to add .png| Adding languages in Text Entry
</gallery>
# Click on '''"En"''' from the top panel and select "Text Entry".
# Once the Text Entry window opens, click on "+" arrow mark, as shown in image.
# The language list window will open, search your languages by typing it in search box. It will show the all the typing methods for the language. Choose a keyboard layout you are comfortable with and click "Add".
# Yes, you are finished all the set up, after this your language list looks like below.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Adding languages in Text Entry">
File:Ibus - adding languages.png| Adding Hindi to my language list
File:Ibus - added telugu.png|Added Hindi 3 typing methods

</gallery> 
Now its time to type your added language in most of the applications. Click on the language panel "En" (right top corner of the screen) and select language in which you want to type. When you select language, icon will change to that language. The very important is you can add multiple languages in this list.

===== Typing regional language in windows =====
Click on [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/available-language-packs-for-windows?view=windows-11 this link] to know more about typing regional language in windows

==== Tracking changes to a document ====
You can use several methods to keep track of changes made to a document.
* Make your changes to a copy of the document (stored in a different folder, under a different name, or both), then use Writer to compare the two files and show the changes you made. This technique is particularly useful if you are the only person working on the document, as it avoids the increase in file size and complexity caused by the other methods.
* Save versions that are stored as part of the original file. However, this method can cause problems with large or complex documents, especially if you save a lot of versions. Avoid this method if you can.
* Use Writer’s change marks (often called “redlines” or “revision marks”) to show added or deleted material or changed formatting. Later, you or another person can review and accept or reject each change.
'''Preparing a document for review'''

When you send a document to someone else to review or edit, you may want to prepare it first so that the editor or reviewer does not have to remember to turn on the revision marks.
* Open the document. Check whether it contains multiple versions by clicking '''File > Versions'''. If multiple versions are listed, save the current version as a separate document with a different name and use this new document as the review copy.
* With the review copy open, make sure that change recording is turned on. The '''Edit > Track Changes > Record Changes''' menu item has a check mark next to it when recording is turned on.
* To begin tracking (recording) changes, click '''Edit > Track Changes > Record Changes'''. To show or hide the display of changes, click '''Edit > Track Changes > Show Changes'''.
* To stop recording changes, click '''Edit > Track Changes > Record Changes''' again.
The results of accepting or rejecting a change are as follows:
* '''Accept:''' incorporates the alteration into the document and removes the change indication marking.
* '''Reject:''' reverts the document to its original state and removes the change indication marking.

====Saving the file====
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –> SAVE command, or by the shortcut key '''CTRL+S'''. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later
File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.

Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a 'html' (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser or MS word format which is supported by Windows operating system. 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px" caption="Export in to different formats">
File:Export as PDF.png|Export as PDF
File:Save as Doc.png| Save in MS word format
</gallery>

====Advanced features====
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author)
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions

===Ideas for resource creation===
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports.

===References===
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn LibreOffice Writer

2022-03-07T09:19:38Z

Rakesh: /* Editing document */

<noinclude>
''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]''
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}
</noinclude>

===Introduction===
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.

==== Basic information ====
{| class="wikitable"
|ICT Competency
|ICT for creating generic resources
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also.
|-
|Version
|LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows (visit [https://libreoffice.org/download/download/?type=win-x86_64&version=6.3.3&lang=en-US download LibreOffice on Windows] to install LibreOffice on a Windows system) and Macintosh operating systems.
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.collabora.libreoffice Collabora Office for Android] and [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-and-ios/ for iOS]
|-
|Development and community help
|The Document Foundation
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]
|}

==== Overview of features ====
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).

==== Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu =====
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer

===== For Windows =====
# Download '''LibreOffice windows installer''' from below
## [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86&lang=pick Click here for the 32-bit version]
## [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86_64&lang=pick Click here for the 64-bit version]
# If you are unsure which Windows version you have, press Win+Pause to open your system properties window. The LibreOffice Main Installer download page can be selected with a built-in help file for your language:
# Double-click on download "LibreOffice_..._Win_x64.msi" file to begin installation
# It will start downloading "'''LibreOffice"''' into your computer (by default browser will save the files in "'''Downloads'''" folder in your system)

Click Yes if it ask your permission to allow this program make change to the computer,The Installation Wizard Welcome dialog box opens advising that the installation process is about to be started. Click “Next >”

[[File:Step1 LO Installation.png|650px|Downloading LibreOffice]]
[[File:Step2 LO Installation.png|650px|Installation wizard]]

Another dialog box opens, giving you a choice whether you want a default installation, or whether you want to choose special locations and components. If you want a default installation, just press “Next >”. If you want to make special choices, click on “Custom” and then press “Next >”.The Custom Setup enables changes to the features that will be installed. If you would like to install the spelling dictionaries, hyphenation rules, thesauri and grammar checkers:
* Click Expand Optional Components
* Click Expand Dictionaries

<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">
File:Step3 LO Installation.png|Setup type
File:Step5 LO Installation.png| Select program features
</gallery>

Another dialog box opens, inviting you to choose whether to open Microsoft Office documents with LibreOffice. By default, this feature is not enabled. If you want LibreOffice to open Microsoft Office files (documents, spreadsheets and presentations), put a check mark in all four checkboxes.Another dialog box opens, asking you whether:

* A shortcut to open LibreOffice should be placed on your desktop. The default option is to create a shortcut.
* To load LibreOffice during system start-up.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">
File:Step6 LO Installation.png|File type selection
File:Step7 LO Installation.png|Ready to install the program
</gallery>

Keep clicking on "Next" button to continue and complete the installation.If the User Account Control dialog shows, click “Yes” to continue the installation.LibreOffice Installation Completed

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Step8 LO Installation.png|User account control
File:Step9 LO Installation.png|Finish
</gallery>

'''''If you are not able to install LibreOffice in your windows machine, [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/windows/ follow this official website installation instruction]''''' or [https://youtu.be/ne-8PMLCj_k Click here] to to see the LibreOffice Installation- English Tutorial

====== Language package installation in LibreOffice ======
* LibreOffice interface has been translated (localized) into over 40 languages and most of the Indian languages. Additionally, there are over 70 spelling dictionaries available for languages. The dictionaries are available from the [https://www.libreoffice.org/ LibreOffice website]. To use LibreOffice interface in your own language like hindi, kannada or in any other language, please follow below instructions.

* Once again double click on the '''downloaded installation file''' (from the section #''For Windows'' section), which will open LibreOffice installer wizard click on the '''next''' option
* On the next (Program Maintenance) screen you will get 3 options (Modify, Repair, Remove), choose '''Modify''' option and click on '''next'''.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Hindi package 1.jpg|Installation wizard
File:Hindi package 2.jpg|Select modify
</gallery>
* In the next screen, if you would like to install and use LibreOffice in your preferred language, then click on '''+ button''' (small down arrow) in "user interface languages"
* It will open the list of languages available, in that select '''your preferred language''' and select “'''This feature will be installed on the local hard drive'''”.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:3. LO hi UI - select user interface.PNG|User interface Languages
File:4. LO hi UI - select hi package from the list.png|Select your preferred language
</gallery>
* Once all the required changes are done on the screen, click “Next >”
* On the next "File Type" window, select all the options to open Microsoft Office files, Click “Next >”
* Next screen "Shortcut and Load during system startup" screen click on the Install button to finish the installation.

====== Changing LibreOffice language interface (after the installation) ======
* When creating a presentation in other languages, you can use the language setting '''( Tools-> Options -> Language settings -> Languages -> User Interface -> Add the required language )''' to create styles that only differ in the language in formatting attributes. This allows you to easily check spelling of all of the presentation contents without affecting appearance.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:LO_Tools Language select.png|Menubar tools
File:LO_language interface_language settings, user interface.jpg|Languages interface
</gallery>

===== '''For MAC OS''' =====
# Go to [https://www.fosshub.com/LibreOffice.html this click] and click on '''libreoffic MAC OS''' for MAC laptops
# It will start downloading "LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg" into your computer (by defulat browser will save the files in "'''Downloads'''" folder in your system
# Double-click on download "'''LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg'''" file to begin installation
# An installation window appears: drag and drop the LibreOffice icon onto the Applications icon in the same window. You may be required to enter your administrator password.
# The files are copied over and a progress bar shows when the installation is complete.
If you are not able to install Libreoffice in your MAC machine, [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/macos/ follow this official website installation instructions]

===Working with the application===

==== Starting a new document ====

===== From the Start Center =====
You can start a new, blank document in Writer in several ways. If a document is already open in LibreOffice, the new document opens in a new window.
* From the Start Center
When LibreOffice is open but no document is open, the Start Center is shown. Click the Create: Writer Document button to create a new text document.
* From the operating system menu
You can open the LibreOffice Start Center or the Writer component from the operating system menu in the same way that you start other programs. When LibreOffice was installed on your computer, in most cases a menu entry for each component was added to the system menu.<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">
File:LibreOfficeStartCenter.png|LibreOffice start center
</gallery>

===== Opening an existing document =====
You can open an existing document in several ways.
* When no document is open:
# Click Open File or Remote files in the Start Center.
# Choose '''File > Open''' or '''File > Open Remote File''' on the Menu bar.
# Press '''Ctrl+O''' on the keyboard.
# Click the Open icon on the Standard toolbar.
# Double-click a thumbnail of recently opened documents displayed in the Start Center. You can scroll up or down in the Start Center to locate a recently opened document.
* If a document is already open:
# Click the Open icon on the Standard toolbar and select the additional document to be opened from the Open dialog.
# Click the small triangle to the right of the Open icon and select from a list of recently opened documents.
# Use File > Recent Documents to make a selection.
# Choose Open Document on the Quickstarter.

==== Parts of the main Writer window ====
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations (including saving discussed above), editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document. The commonly used parts of the window are discussed below.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="LibreOffice Writer menu">
File:LO Writer Menu Bar window.png|LibreOffice Writer (Parts of the window)
</gallery>

'''1. Title bar'''
* The Title bar is located at the top of the Writer window. It shows the file name of the current document. When the document is not yet named, the document name will appear as Untitled X, where X is a number. Untitled documents are numbered in the order in which they are created.

'''2. Menu bar'''
* The Menu bar is located just below the Title bar in Windows and Linux and at the top of the screen in macOS. When you select one of the menus, a submenu drops down to show further options,including:
# Commands that directly cause an action, such as Close or Save, in the File menu.
# Commands that open further sub menus.
* These are indicated by a right-pointing arrow following a command, such as Toolbars and Zoom, in the View menu. Moving the cursor onto one of these items causes its submenu to open.
'''3. Standard toolbar'''
* In a default LibreOffice installation , the top toolbar, just under the Menu bar, is called the Standard toolbar.
'''4. Formatting toolbar'''
* The second toolbar at the top is the Formatting toolbar. It is context-sensitive; that is, it shows the tools relevant to the current position of the cursor or the selected object. For example, when the cursor is in text, the Formatting toolbar provides tools for formatting text. When the cursor is on a graphic (image), the tools are for formatting images.

* To free more space for the document, you can choose a single-toolbar alternative containing the most-used commands. To activate it, '''enable View > Toolbars > Standard (Single Mode) and also disable View > Toolbars > Standard and View > Toolbars > Formatting'''.
* Other toolbars are available at '''View > Toolbars'''.
'''5. Rulers'''
* The horizontal ruler across the top of the workspace is visible by default but the vertical ruler on the left is hidden by default.
* To enable the vertical ruler, choose View > Rulers > Vertical Ruler from the Menu bar, or choose Tools > Options > LibreOffice Writer > View. To quickly show or hide both rulers, use the key combination Ctrl+Shift+R.

==== Editing document====

===== Cut, copy, and past text =====
* Cutting and copying text in Writer is similar to cutting and copying text in other applications. You can copy or move text within a document, or between documents, by dragging or by using menu selections, icons, or keyboard shortcuts. You can also copy text from other sources such as Web pages and paste it into a Writer document.

* To move (drag and drop) selected text using the mouse, drag it to the new location and release it; the cursor changes shape while dragging. To copy selected text, hold down the '''Ctrl''' key while dragging. The text retains the formatting it had before dragging.

* To move (cut and paste) selected text, use '''Ctrl+X''' to cut the text, insert the cursor at the paste-in point and use '''Ctrl+V''' to paste. Alternatively, use the buttons on the Standard toolbar.

* When you paste text, the result depends on the source of the text and how you paste it. If you click the Paste button, then the pasted text keeps its original formatting (such as bold or italics). Text pasted from Web sites and other sources may be placed automatically into frames or tables as part of the format when you paste. If you do not like the results, click the Undo button or press '''Ctrl+Z'''.
To make the pasted text inherit the paragraph style at the insertion point:
# Choose '''Edit > Paste Special''', or
# Click the arrow on the combination Paste button, or
# Click the Paste button without releasing the left mouse button.

===== Finding and replacing text =====
Writer has two ways to find text within a document: the Find toolbar for fast searching and the Find & Replace dialog. If the Find toolbar is not visible, you can display it by choosing '''View > Toolbars > Find from the Menu bar''' or by pressing '''Ctrl+F'''

'''Using the Find toolbar'''
* To use the Find toolbar, click in the text input box and type your search text, then press Enter to find the next occurrence of that term from the current cursor position. Click the Find Next or Find Previous buttons as needed.
* Click the Find All button to select all instances of the search term within the document.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:Using the Find toolbar.png|Using the Find toolbar
</gallery>

'''Using the Find & Replace dialog'''

To display the Find & Replace dialog, use the keyboard shortcut '''Ctrl+H''', or choose '''Edit > Find & Replace''' from the Menu bar
Use the Find & Replace dialog:
* Type the text you want to find in the Find box.
* To replace the text with different text, type the new text in the Replace box.
* You can select various options, such as matching the case or matching whole words only. The other options include searching only in selected text, searching from the current cursor position backwards toward the beginning of the document, searching for similar words, and searching in comments.
* When you have set up your search, click Find Next. As the document view moves to each found instance, replace the text by clicking Replace.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="450px">
File:Expanded Find & Replace dialog.png|Expanded Find & Replace dialog
</gallery>

==== Text Formatting ====
'''Formatting features'''

The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format and text wrapping options. For many of these options we can use short cut icons from formatting text tool bar as shown below<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Format features.png|Formatting properties
</gallery>
Lables of above Image,
# Font name: Choose font name from drop down
# Font size: Choose font size from the drop down
# Make selected text '''Bold'''
# Make selected text ''Italic''
# Make selected text Underline
# Make selected text stikethrough(Eg: <s>stikethrough</s>)
# Make selected text as superscript
# Make selected text as subscript
# Choose Font color from the dropdown
# Make selected text to highlight with color
# Change the background color

'''Bulleting and Numbering features'''

The Bullets and Numbering palettes on the Paragraph panel on the Properties deck of the Sidebar can be used to create nested lists and access the Bullets and Numbering dialog. The Sidebar does not include tools for promoting and demoting items in the list, as found on the Bullets and Numbering toolbar.
# To add the bullets and numbers to text information, choose '''Format - Bullets and Numbering'''. You can also select the different symbols of bullets and numbers here.
# An important feature of Writer is to enable you present your information through simple and short points ('bullet points').
# For the selected text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed. You can create sub-numbered lists.
# The formatting option allows you to create numbered or bullet lists in the document. You can create sub-numbered lists.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Bulleting numbering.png| Bulleting and Numbering
File:Bulleting.png|Bulleting Dialogue
File:Numbering.png|Numbering & Alphabetical Dialogue
</gallery>

==== Paragraph Formatting ====
You can apply many formats to paragraphs using the icons on the Formatting toolbar and on the Paragraph panel of the Sidebar’s Properties deck (View > Sidebar). Not all toolbar icons are visible in a standard installation, but you can customize the toolbar to include those you use regularly. Other formatting options are provided in the Paragraph dialog,

'''On the Formatting toolbar, the icons and formats include( As labeled in below image)'''
# Apply Paragraph Style (Styles drop-down on the Properties deck of the Sidebar).
# Align Left, Center Horizontally, Align Right, or Justified.
# Line Spacing (choose from 1, 1.15, 1.5, 2, or custom spacing. Line spacing refers to the distance from one baseline (the imaginary line at the bottom of a letter like “n” or “m”) to the next baseline. It is determined by the size of the font.
# Increase Paragraph Spacing, Decrease Paragraph Spacing. ( Paragraph spacing refers to the vertical spacing between one paragraph and the paragraphs above and below it.
# Increase Indent, Decrease Indent.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Paragraph properties.png|Paragraph properties
File:Paragraph Sidebar deck.png| Paragraph deck
</gallery>

==== Inserting & Formatting Images ====
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyper links, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas. Page numbers can be inserted in the footer of the page
#Inserting an image - Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted
#The image (triangle) inserted below will looks like this.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Insert option in LibreOffice Writer">
File:Inert option in LOW.png|Insert Menu
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View
</gallery>

Lables of below Image,

'''1. Using the Crop tool''' To use the Crop tool, right-click the image and select Crop from the context menu. Cropping
handles appear at the corners and mid-points of the sides of the image. Drag a handle to cut off part of the image. Click outside the image to turn off cropping mode.

'''2. Compressing images'''
* If you insert a large image in your document and resize it to fit into the layout of the page, the complete original image is stored in the document file to preserve its content, resulting in a large document file to store or send by mail.
* If you can accept some loss of quality of the image rendering, you can compress or resize the image object to reduce its data volume while preserving its display in the page layout. You probably don’t want to compress something that will be professionally printed.
* Right-click to select the image and open the context menu. Then choose Compress to open the Compress Image dialog . Click OK to apply the compression settings. If the resulting image is not acceptable, press Ctrl+Z to undo and choose another compression setting.
'''3. Transparency:''' set the transparency options for the image using this button.

'''4. Rotating images''' Rotate images if required using this button<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Image editng.png|Image Formatting features
File:Compress Image.png|Compress Image
</gallery>

==== Inserting & Formatting Table ====
* To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select "Insert Table", in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.
* You can format your table by selecting the options in 'Table'. Move your cursor inside the table and 'Select -> Table'. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -> Size), add or remove borders (Table -> Properties -> Borders), split or merge cells (Table -> Merge Cells, Table -> Split Cells) etc
* You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select 'Paste Special -> Formatted text (RTF)' option.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Inserting Table">
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Select rows and columns
File:Table Formatting.png|Table Formatting
</gallery>Lables as in the above image,
# Align top,Align vertically, Align bottom
# Apply Borders to cells
# Insert caption for the table

==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====

#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections. This can be done in two ways
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image.
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents. Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”. For updating table of content, right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px" caption="Inserting Table of Content">
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content
</gallery>

==== Adding page header and footer ====

# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert--->Footer.
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert--->Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields
</gallery>

==== Spelling check ====
#Spelling - By enabling '''automatic spell checking''' under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also 'add your word to the dictionary' so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling.
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on '''spelling and grammar''' under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Formatting in LibreOffice Writer">
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking
</gallery>

==== Typing regional language ====

===== Typing regional language in Ubuntu =====
In Ubuntu by default you can type English in any application and by default it will use only Unicode fonts unless you manually changing it to non-unicode.[[File:Selecting Ibus in your computer .png|300px|left|thumb|Selecting Ibus for typing languages]] Also you can type any your local languages in Ubuntu by adding those languages in IBUS. For typing in any local language, Ubuntu will use application called Ibus. You can follow the below step to set up Ibus and to add languages in the typing list. 
# Go to Applications -> System tools -> System Settings -> Language Support ->Look at the Keyboard input method system Select '''IBus''' and close the window.
# Log-out your computer and log-in to applying this changes.
{{clear}}
Now you have to add your languages in "Text Entry" to type it. You can type multiple language in any application by adding it in this list. 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Adding languages in Text Entry">
File:Ibus - adding languages in Text entry.png|Selecting Text Entry from the top panel
File:Ibus - select plus to add .png| Adding languages in Text Entry
</gallery>
# Click on '''"En"''' from the top panel and select "Text Entry".
# Once the Text Entry window opens, click on "+" arrow mark, as shown in image.
# The language list window will open, search your languages by typing it in search box. It will show the all the typing methods for the language. Choose a keyboard layout you are comfortable with and click "Add".
# Yes, you are finished all the set up, after this your language list looks like below.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Adding languages in Text Entry">
File:Ibus - adding languages.png| Adding Hindi to my language list
File:Ibus - added telugu.png|Added Hindi 3 typing methods

</gallery> 
Now its time to type your added language in most of the applications. Click on the language panel "En" (right top corner of the screen) and select language in which you want to type. When you select language, icon will change to that language. The very important is you can add multiple languages in this list.

===== Typing regional language in windows =====
Click on [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/available-language-packs-for-windows?view=windows-11 this link] to know more about typing regional language in windows

==== Tracking changes to a document ====
You can use several methods to keep track of changes made to a document.
* Make your changes to a copy of the document (stored in a different folder, under a different name, or both), then use Writer to compare the two files and show the changes you made. This technique is particularly useful if you are the only person working on the document, as it avoids the increase in file size and complexity caused by the other methods.
* Save versions that are stored as part of the original file. However, this method can cause problems with large or complex documents, especially if you save a lot of versions. Avoid this method if you can.
* Use Writer’s change marks (often called “redlines” or “revision marks”) to show added or deleted material or changed formatting. Later, you or another person can review and accept or reject each change.
'''Preparing a document for review'''

When you send a document to someone else to review or edit, you may want to prepare it first so that the editor or reviewer does not have to remember to turn on the revision marks.
* Open the document. Check whether it contains multiple versions by clicking '''File > Versions'''. If multiple versions are listed, save the current version as a separate document with a different name and use this new document as the review copy.
* With the review copy open, make sure that change recording is turned on. The '''Edit > Track Changes > Record Changes''' menu item has a check mark next to it when recording is turned on.
* To begin tracking (recording) changes, click '''Edit > Track Changes > Record Changes'''. To show or hide the display of changes, click '''Edit > Track Changes > Show Changes'''.
* To stop recording changes, click '''Edit > Track Changes > Record Changes''' again.
The results of accepting or rejecting a change are as follows:
* '''Accept:''' incorporates the alteration into the document and removes the change indication marking.
* '''Reject:''' reverts the document to its original state and removes the change indication marking.

====Saving the file====
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –> SAVE command, or by the shortcut key '''CTRL+S'''. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later
File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.

Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a 'html' (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser or MS word format which is supported by Windows operating system. 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px" caption="Export in to different formats">
File:Export as PDF.png|Export as PDF
File:Save as Doc.png| Save in MS word format
</gallery>

====Advanced features====
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author)
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions

===Ideas for resource creation===
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports.

===References===
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]

[[Category:Explore an application]]

Learn LibreOffice Writer

2022-03-07T09:18:57Z

Rakesh: /* Parts of the main Writer window */

<noinclude>
''[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]''
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}
</noinclude>

===Introduction===
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.

==== Basic information ====
{| class="wikitable"
|ICT Competency
|ICT for creating generic resources
|-
|Educational application and relevance
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also.
|-
|Version
|LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows (visit [https://libreoffice.org/download/download/?type=win-x86_64&version=6.3.3&lang=en-US download LibreOffice on Windows] to install LibreOffice on a Windows system) and Macintosh operating systems.
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]
|-
|Other similar applications
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]
|-
|The application on mobiles and tablets
|[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.collabora.libreoffice Collabora Office for Android] and [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-and-ios/ for iOS]
|-
|Development and community help
|The Document Foundation
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]
|}

==== Overview of features ====
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).

==== Installation ====
===== For Ubuntu =====
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer

===== For Windows =====
# Download '''LibreOffice windows installer''' from below
## [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86&lang=pick Click here for the 32-bit version]
## [https://www.libreoffice.org/download/libreoffice-fresh/?type=win-x86_64&lang=pick Click here for the 64-bit version]
# If you are unsure which Windows version you have, press Win+Pause to open your system properties window. The LibreOffice Main Installer download page can be selected with a built-in help file for your language:
# Double-click on download "LibreOffice_..._Win_x64.msi" file to begin installation
# It will start downloading "'''LibreOffice"''' into your computer (by default browser will save the files in "'''Downloads'''" folder in your system)

Click Yes if it ask your permission to allow this program make change to the computer,The Installation Wizard Welcome dialog box opens advising that the installation process is about to be started. Click “Next >”

[[File:Step1 LO Installation.png|650px|Downloading LibreOffice]]
[[File:Step2 LO Installation.png|650px|Installation wizard]]

Another dialog box opens, giving you a choice whether you want a default installation, or whether you want to choose special locations and components. If you want a default installation, just press “Next >”. If you want to make special choices, click on “Custom” and then press “Next >”.The Custom Setup enables changes to the features that will be installed. If you would like to install the spelling dictionaries, hyphenation rules, thesauri and grammar checkers:
* Click Expand Optional Components
* Click Expand Dictionaries

<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">
File:Step3 LO Installation.png|Setup type
File:Step5 LO Installation.png| Select program features
</gallery>

Another dialog box opens, inviting you to choose whether to open Microsoft Office documents with LibreOffice. By default, this feature is not enabled. If you want LibreOffice to open Microsoft Office files (documents, spreadsheets and presentations), put a check mark in all four checkboxes.Another dialog box opens, asking you whether:

* A shortcut to open LibreOffice should be placed on your desktop. The default option is to create a shortcut.
* To load LibreOffice during system start-up.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">
File:Step6 LO Installation.png|File type selection
File:Step7 LO Installation.png|Ready to install the program
</gallery>

Keep clicking on "Next" button to continue and complete the installation.If the User Account Control dialog shows, click “Yes” to continue the installation.LibreOffice Installation Completed

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Step8 LO Installation.png|User account control
File:Step9 LO Installation.png|Finish
</gallery>

'''''If you are not able to install LibreOffice in your windows machine, [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/windows/ follow this official website installation instruction]''''' or [https://youtu.be/ne-8PMLCj_k Click here] to to see the LibreOffice Installation- English Tutorial

====== Language package installation in LibreOffice ======
* LibreOffice interface has been translated (localized) into over 40 languages and most of the Indian languages. Additionally, there are over 70 spelling dictionaries available for languages. The dictionaries are available from the [https://www.libreoffice.org/ LibreOffice website]. To use LibreOffice interface in your own language like hindi, kannada or in any other language, please follow below instructions.

* Once again double click on the '''downloaded installation file''' (from the section #''For Windows'' section), which will open LibreOffice installer wizard click on the '''next''' option
* On the next (Program Maintenance) screen you will get 3 options (Modify, Repair, Remove), choose '''Modify''' option and click on '''next'''.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Hindi package 1.jpg|Installation wizard
File:Hindi package 2.jpg|Select modify
</gallery>
* In the next screen, if you would like to install and use LibreOffice in your preferred language, then click on '''+ button''' (small down arrow) in "user interface languages"
* It will open the list of languages available, in that select '''your preferred language''' and select “'''This feature will be installed on the local hard drive'''”.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:3. LO hi UI - select user interface.PNG|User interface Languages
File:4. LO hi UI - select hi package from the list.png|Select your preferred language
</gallery>
* Once all the required changes are done on the screen, click “Next >”
* On the next "File Type" window, select all the options to open Microsoft Office files, Click “Next >”
* Next screen "Shortcut and Load during system startup" screen click on the Install button to finish the installation.

====== Changing LibreOffice language interface (after the installation) ======
* When creating a presentation in other languages, you can use the language setting '''( Tools-> Options -> Language settings -> Languages -> User Interface -> Add the required language )''' to create styles that only differ in the language in formatting attributes. This allows you to easily check spelling of all of the presentation contents without affecting appearance.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:LO_Tools Language select.png|Menubar tools
File:LO_language interface_language settings, user interface.jpg|Languages interface
</gallery>

===== '''For MAC OS''' =====
# Go to [https://www.fosshub.com/LibreOffice.html this click] and click on '''libreoffic MAC OS''' for MAC laptops
# It will start downloading "LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg" into your computer (by defulat browser will save the files in "'''Downloads'''" folder in your system
# Double-click on download "'''LibreOffice_..._MacOS_x86-64.dmg'''" file to begin installation
# An installation window appears: drag and drop the LibreOffice icon onto the Applications icon in the same window. You may be required to enter your administrator password.
# The files are copied over and a progress bar shows when the installation is complete.
If you are not able to install Libreoffice in your MAC machine, [https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/install-howto/macos/ follow this official website installation instructions]

===Working with the application===

==== Starting a new document ====

===== From the Start Center =====
You can start a new, blank document in Writer in several ways. If a document is already open in LibreOffice, the new document opens in a new window.
* From the Start Center
When LibreOffice is open but no document is open, the Start Center is shown. Click the Create: Writer Document button to create a new text document.
* From the operating system menu
You can open the LibreOffice Start Center or the Writer component from the operating system menu in the same way that you start other programs. When LibreOffice was installed on your computer, in most cases a menu entry for each component was added to the system menu.<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px">
File:LibreOfficeStartCenter.png|LibreOffice start center
</gallery>

===== Opening an existing document =====
You can open an existing document in several ways.
* When no document is open:
# Click Open File or Remote files in the Start Center.
# Choose '''File > Open''' or '''File > Open Remote File''' on the Menu bar.
# Press '''Ctrl+O''' on the keyboard.
# Click the Open icon on the Standard toolbar.
# Double-click a thumbnail of recently opened documents displayed in the Start Center. You can scroll up or down in the Start Center to locate a recently opened document.
* If a document is already open:
# Click the Open icon on the Standard toolbar and select the additional document to be opened from the Open dialog.
# Click the small triangle to the right of the Open icon and select from a list of recently opened documents.
# Use File > Recent Documents to make a selection.
# Choose Open Document on the Quickstarter.

==== Parts of the main Writer window ====
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations (including saving discussed above), editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document. The commonly used parts of the window are discussed below.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="LibreOffice Writer menu">
File:LO Writer Menu Bar window.png|LibreOffice Writer (Parts of the window)
</gallery>

'''1. Title bar'''
* The Title bar is located at the top of the Writer window. It shows the file name of the current document. When the document is not yet named, the document name will appear as Untitled X, where X is a number. Untitled documents are numbered in the order in which they are created.

'''2. Menu bar'''
* The Menu bar is located just below the Title bar in Windows and Linux and at the top of the screen in macOS. When you select one of the menus, a submenu drops down to show further options,including:
# Commands that directly cause an action, such as Close or Save, in the File menu.
# Commands that open further sub menus.
* These are indicated by a right-pointing arrow following a command, such as Toolbars and Zoom, in the View menu. Moving the cursor onto one of these items causes its submenu to open.
'''3. Standard toolbar'''
* In a default LibreOffice installation , the top toolbar, just under the Menu bar, is called the Standard toolbar.
'''4. Formatting toolbar'''
* The second toolbar at the top is the Formatting toolbar. It is context-sensitive; that is, it shows the tools relevant to the current position of the cursor or the selected object. For example, when the cursor is in text, the Formatting toolbar provides tools for formatting text. When the cursor is on a graphic (image), the tools are for formatting images.

* To free more space for the document, you can choose a single-toolbar alternative containing the most-used commands. To activate it, '''enable View > Toolbars > Standard (Single Mode) and also disable View > Toolbars > Standard and View > Toolbars > Formatting'''.
* Other toolbars are available at '''View > Toolbars'''.
'''5. Rulers'''
* The horizontal ruler across the top of the workspace is visible by default but the vertical ruler on the left is hidden by default.
* To enable the vertical ruler, choose View > Rulers > Vertical Ruler from the Menu bar, or choose Tools > Options > LibreOffice Writer > View. To quickly show or hide both rulers, use the key combination Ctrl+Shift+R.

==== Editing document====

===== Cutting, copying, and pasting text =====
* Cutting and copying text in Writer is similar to cutting and copying text in other applications. You can copy or move text within a document, or between documents, by dragging or by using menu selections, icons, or keyboard shortcuts. You can also copy text from other sources such as Web pages and paste it into a Writer document.

* To move (drag and drop) selected text using the mouse, drag it to the new location and release it; the cursor changes shape while dragging. To copy selected text, hold down the '''Ctrl''' key while dragging. The text retains the formatting it had before dragging.

* To move (cut and paste) selected text, use '''Ctrl+X''' to cut the text, insert the cursor at the paste-in point and use '''Ctrl+V''' to paste. Alternatively, use the buttons on the Standard toolbar.

* When you paste text, the result depends on the source of the text and how you paste it. If you click the Paste button, then the pasted text keeps its original formatting (such as bold or italics). Text pasted from Web sites and other sources may be placed automatically into frames or tables as part of the format when you paste. If you do not like the results, click the Undo button or press '''Ctrl+Z'''.
To make the pasted text inherit the paragraph style at the insertion point:
# Choose '''Edit > Paste Special''', or
# Click the arrow on the combination Paste button, or
# Click the Paste button without releasing the left mouse button.

===== Finding and replacing text =====
Writer has two ways to find text within a document: the Find toolbar for fast searching and the Find & Replace dialog. If the Find toolbar is not visible, you can display it by choosing '''View > Toolbars > Find from the Menu bar''' or by pressing '''Ctrl+F'''

'''Using the Find toolbar'''
* To use the Find toolbar, click in the text input box and type your search text, then press Enter to find the next occurrence of that term from the current cursor position. Click the Find Next or Find Previous buttons as needed.
* Click the Find All button to select all instances of the search term within the document.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="350px">
File:Using the Find toolbar.png|Using the Find toolbar
</gallery>

'''Using the Find & Replace dialog'''

To display the Find & Replace dialog, use the keyboard shortcut '''Ctrl+H''', or choose '''Edit > Find & Replace''' from the Menu bar
Use the Find & Replace dialog:
* Type the text you want to find in the Find box.
* To replace the text with different text, type the new text in the Replace box.
* You can select various options, such as matching the case or matching whole words only. The other options include searching only in selected text, searching from the current cursor position backwards toward the beginning of the document, searching for similar words, and searching in comments.
* When you have set up your search, click Find Next. As the document view moves to each found instance, replace the text by clicking Replace.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="450px">
File:Expanded Find & Replace dialog.png|Expanded Find & Replace dialog
</gallery>

==== Text Formatting ====
'''Formatting features'''

The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format and text wrapping options. For many of these options we can use short cut icons from formatting text tool bar as shown below<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Format features.png|Formatting properties
</gallery>
Lables of above Image,
# Font name: Choose font name from drop down
# Font size: Choose font size from the drop down
# Make selected text '''Bold'''
# Make selected text ''Italic''
# Make selected text Underline
# Make selected text stikethrough(Eg: <s>stikethrough</s>)
# Make selected text as superscript
# Make selected text as subscript
# Choose Font color from the dropdown
# Make selected text to highlight with color
# Change the background color

'''Bulleting and Numbering features'''

The Bullets and Numbering palettes on the Paragraph panel on the Properties deck of the Sidebar can be used to create nested lists and access the Bullets and Numbering dialog. The Sidebar does not include tools for promoting and demoting items in the list, as found on the Bullets and Numbering toolbar.
# To add the bullets and numbers to text information, choose '''Format - Bullets and Numbering'''. You can also select the different symbols of bullets and numbers here.
# An important feature of Writer is to enable you present your information through simple and short points ('bullet points').
# For the selected text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed. You can create sub-numbered lists.
# The formatting option allows you to create numbered or bullet lists in the document. You can create sub-numbered lists.

<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Bulleting numbering.png| Bulleting and Numbering
File:Bulleting.png|Bulleting Dialogue
File:Numbering.png|Numbering & Alphabetical Dialogue
</gallery>

==== Paragraph Formatting ====
You can apply many formats to paragraphs using the icons on the Formatting toolbar and on the Paragraph panel of the Sidebar’s Properties deck (View > Sidebar). Not all toolbar icons are visible in a standard installation, but you can customize the toolbar to include those you use regularly. Other formatting options are provided in the Paragraph dialog,

'''On the Formatting toolbar, the icons and formats include( As labeled in below image)'''
# Apply Paragraph Style (Styles drop-down on the Properties deck of the Sidebar).
# Align Left, Center Horizontally, Align Right, or Justified.
# Line Spacing (choose from 1, 1.15, 1.5, 2, or custom spacing. Line spacing refers to the distance from one baseline (the imaginary line at the bottom of a letter like “n” or “m”) to the next baseline. It is determined by the size of the font.
# Increase Paragraph Spacing, Decrease Paragraph Spacing. ( Paragraph spacing refers to the vertical spacing between one paragraph and the paragraphs above and below it.
# Increase Indent, Decrease Indent.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Paragraph properties.png|Paragraph properties
File:Paragraph Sidebar deck.png| Paragraph deck
</gallery>

==== Inserting & Formatting Images ====
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyper links, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas. Page numbers can be inserted in the footer of the page
#Inserting an image - Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted
#The image (triangle) inserted below will looks like this.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="250px" caption="Insert option in LibreOffice Writer">
File:Inert option in LOW.png|Insert Menu
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View
</gallery>

Lables of below Image,

'''1. Using the Crop tool''' To use the Crop tool, right-click the image and select Crop from the context menu. Cropping
handles appear at the corners and mid-points of the sides of the image. Drag a handle to cut off part of the image. Click outside the image to turn off cropping mode.

'''2. Compressing images'''
* If you insert a large image in your document and resize it to fit into the layout of the page, the complete original image is stored in the document file to preserve its content, resulting in a large document file to store or send by mail.
* If you can accept some loss of quality of the image rendering, you can compress or resize the image object to reduce its data volume while preserving its display in the page layout. You probably don’t want to compress something that will be professionally printed.
* Right-click to select the image and open the context menu. Then choose Compress to open the Compress Image dialog . Click OK to apply the compression settings. If the resulting image is not acceptable, press Ctrl+Z to undo and choose another compression setting.
'''3. Transparency:''' set the transparency options for the image using this button.

'''4. Rotating images''' Rotate images if required using this button<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:Image editng.png|Image Formatting features
File:Compress Image.png|Compress Image
</gallery>

==== Inserting & Formatting Table ====
* To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select "Insert Table", in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.
* You can format your table by selecting the options in 'Table'. Move your cursor inside the table and 'Select -> Table'. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -> Size), add or remove borders (Table -> Properties -> Borders), split or merge cells (Table -> Merge Cells, Table -> Split Cells) etc
* You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select 'Paste Special -> Formatted text (RTF)' option.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Inserting Table">
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Select rows and columns
File:Table Formatting.png|Table Formatting
</gallery>Lables as in the above image,
# Align top,Align vertically, Align bottom
# Apply Borders to cells
# Insert caption for the table

==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====

#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections. This can be done in two ways
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image.
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents. Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”. For updating table of content, right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px" caption="Inserting Table of Content">
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content
</gallery>

==== Adding page header and footer ====

# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert--->Footer.
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert--->Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px">
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields
</gallery>

==== Spelling check ====
#Spelling - By enabling '''automatic spell checking''' under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also 'add your word to the dictionary' so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling.
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on '''spelling and grammar''' under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Formatting in LibreOffice Writer">
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking
</gallery>

==== Typing regional language ====

===== Typing regional language in Ubuntu =====
In Ubuntu by default you can type English in any application and by default it will use only Unicode fonts unless you manually changing it to non-unicode.[[File:Selecting Ibus in your computer .png|300px|left|thumb|Selecting Ibus for typing languages]] Also you can type any your local languages in Ubuntu by adding those languages in IBUS. For typing in any local language, Ubuntu will use application called Ibus. You can follow the below step to set up Ibus and to add languages in the typing list. 
# Go to Applications -> System tools -> System Settings -> Language Support ->Look at the Keyboard input method system Select '''IBus''' and close the window.
# Log-out your computer and log-in to applying this changes.
{{clear}}
Now you have to add your languages in "Text Entry" to type it. You can type multiple language in any application by adding it in this list. 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Adding languages in Text Entry">
File:Ibus - adding languages in Text entry.png|Selecting Text Entry from the top panel
File:Ibus - select plus to add .png| Adding languages in Text Entry
</gallery>
# Click on '''"En"''' from the top panel and select "Text Entry".
# Once the Text Entry window opens, click on "+" arrow mark, as shown in image.
# The language list window will open, search your languages by typing it in search box. It will show the all the typing methods for the language. Choose a keyboard layout you are comfortable with and click "Add".
# Yes, you are finished all the set up, after this your language list looks like below.
<gallery mode="packed" heights="400px" caption="Adding languages in Text Entry">
File:Ibus - adding languages.png| Adding Hindi to my language list
File:Ibus - added telugu.png|Added Hindi 3 typing methods

</gallery> 
Now its time to type your added language in most of the applications. Click on the language panel "En" (right top corner of the screen) and select language in which you want to type. When you select language, icon will change to that language. The very important is you can add multiple languages in this list.

===== Typing regional language in windows =====
Click on [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/available-language-packs-for-windows?view=windows-11 this link] to know more about typing regional language in windows

==== Tracking changes to a document ====
You can use several methods to keep track of changes made to a document.
* Make your changes to a copy of the document (stored in a different folder, under a different name, or both), then use Writer to compare the two files and show the changes you made. This technique is particularly useful if you are the only person working on the document, as it avoids the increase in file size and complexity caused by the other methods.
* Save versions that are stored as part of the original file. However, this method can cause problems with large or complex documents, especially if you save a lot of versions. Avoid this method if you can.
* Use Writer’s change marks (often called “redlines” or “revision marks”) to show added or deleted material or changed formatting. Later, you or another person can review and accept or reject each change.
'''Preparing a document for review'''

When you send a document to someone else to review or edit, you may want to prepare it first so that the editor or reviewer does not have to remember to turn on the revision marks.
* Open the document. Check whether it contains multiple versions by clicking '''File > Versions'''. If multiple versions are listed, save the current version as a separate document with a different name and use this new document as the review copy.
* With the review copy open, make sure that change recording is turned on. The '''Edit > Track Changes > Record Changes''' menu item has a check mark next to it when recording is turned on.
* To begin tracking (recording) changes, click '''Edit > Track Changes > Record Changes'''. To show or hide the display of changes, click '''Edit > Track Changes > Show Changes'''.
* To stop recording changes, click '''Edit > Track Changes > Record Changes''' again.
The results of accepting or rejecting a change are as follows:
* '''Accept:''' incorporates the alteration into the document and removes the change indication marking.
* '''Reject:''' reverts the document to its original state and removes the change indication marking.

====Saving the file====
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –> SAVE command, or by the shortcut key '''CTRL+S'''. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later
File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.

Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a 'html' (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser or MS word format which is supported by Windows operating system. 
<gallery mode="packed" heights="500px" caption="Export in to different formats">
File:Export as PDF.png|Export as PDF
File:Save as Doc.png| Save in MS word format
</gallery>

====Advanced features====
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author)
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions

===Ideas for resource creation===
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports.

===References===
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]

[[Category:Explore an application]]